(c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors SENTRON Configuration Manual Edition 10/2015 siemens.com/lowvoltage (c) Siemens AG 2016 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 2 Introduction 4 7 10 11 12 13 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches up to 250 A Introduction Front mounting Floor mounting Distribution board mounting Molded-plastic enclosures Accessories 15 16 5TE1 switch disconnectors up to 200 A Introduction General data 18 19 24 36 80 83 86 88 96 117 137 138 3KD switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Introduction General data Technical features Dimensions and typical circuit diagrams 3KA, 3KE switch disconnectors up to 1000 A Introduction Floor mounting 3VT switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Introduction 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A 3VT4 switch disconnectors up to 1000 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A 146 148 150 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses up to 800 A Introduction Floor mounting Fuses 152 154 157 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses and isolating plug connector up to 400 A Introduction For snapping onto busbar system Fuses 159 161 164 165 166 169 182 185 188 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms For 3KD switch disconnectors 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms For 3K switch disconnectors Individual parts Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting 3NJ62 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses up to 630 A Introduction General data 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Fuses Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams 194 198 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Fuses 201 205 206 207 3NJ4, 3NJ5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors up to 2000 A Introduction 1-pole, switchable 3-pole, switchable Accessories For further technical product information: Siemens Industry Online Support: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/productsupport , Entry type: Application example Certificate Characteristic Download FAQ Manual Product note Software archive Technical data Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors Introduction Overview Type 3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3D28 3LD23 3LD24 5TE1 3KD 3KA 3KE 3VT Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches Switch disconnectors 16 / 25 /32 / 63 100 / 125 160 / 250 200 160 to 1600 Up to 1000 160 to 1600 Rated uninterrupted current Iu At 35 C ambient temperature A Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 DC V Up to 8001) -- -- Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 3-pole 4-pole 6-pole -- -- -- -- Number of poles Rated operational power as AC-3 motor load switches Operational switching of individual motors * At 220 ... 240 V kW 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.5 / 11.0 18.5/22.0 35.0 / 55.0 -- -- -- -- * At 380 ... 440 V kW 5.5 / 7.5 / 9.5 / 18.5 30.0 / 37.0 50.0 / 110.0 -- -- -- -- * At 660/690 V kW 5.5 / 7.5 / 9.5 / 15.0 15.0 / 22.0 37.0 / 45.0 -- -- -- -- Rated operational power as AC-23A main control switches, repair switches Frequent, but not operational switching of single motors * At 220 ... 240 V kW 4.0 / 5.0 / 6.0 / 11.0 45.0 / 75.0 -- -- -- -- * At 380 ... 440 V kW 7.5 / 9.5 / 11.5 / 22.0 37.0 / 45.0 18.5 / 22.0 75.0 / 132.0 46 / 72 / 92 -- -- -- * At 660/690 V kW 7.5 / 9.5 / 11.5 / 18.5 30.0 / 37.0 45.0 / 55.0 36 / 60 / 76 -- -- -- Standard mounting rail acc. to EN 60715 -- -- -- -- Busbar mounting -- -- -- -- -- * Centralized -- -- -- -- -- -- * Four-hole -- -- -- * Centralized -- -- -- -- -- -- * Four-hole Distribution board mounting Molded-plastic enclosures -- -- -- 4th pole (N conductor) (leading switch-on, lagging switch-off) N terminals PE terminals Auxiliary contact elements Mounting Front mounting Floor mounting Switch accessories 1) DC isolators Available -- Not available or value on request 2 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors Introduction Overview (continued) Type 3KL 3KM 3NJ62 Switch disconnectors with fuses 3NP1 3NP5 3NJ4 3NJ5 Fuse switch disconnectors Rated uninterrupted current Iu At 35 C ambient temperature A 63 to 800 63 to 400 160 to 690 160 to 630 160 to 630 160 to 2000 Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 Up to 690 690 690 690 DC V Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 -- 1-pole -- -- -- -- -- 2-pole -- -- -- -- -- 3-pole 4-pole -- -- -- -- At 400 V At 500 V At 690 V At 400 V At 500 V At 690 V At 400 V At 500 V At 690 V -- Front mounting -- -- -- -- Floor mounting -- -- * 40 mm -- -- -- -- * 60 mm -- -- -- * 185 mm -- -- -- -- Molded-plastic enclosures -- -- -- -- * 1 NO or 2 NO -- -- -- * 1 NC or 2 NC -- -- -- * 1 NO + 1 NC -- -- * 1 CO or 2 CO -- -- * With circuit breakers -- -- -- * With electronics -- Current transformers -- -- -- -- Number of poles AC-21 AC-22 AC-23 Mounting Busbars Switch accessories Auxiliary contact elements Fuse monitoring Available -- Not available Siemens * 10/2015 3 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Introduction Overview 7 3 8 2 6 3 1 NSG0_00112b 5 4 1 4th contact (N conductor) 2 N or PE/ground terminal, continuous 3 Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC 4 Rotary operating mechanism, red/yellow 5 Rotary operating mechanism, black 6 Front plate, English/German 7 Terminal cover, three-pole 8 Terminal cover, single-pole The 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually operated switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3/ VDE 0660 Part 107 (EN 60947-3) and comply with the conditions for switch disconnectors. In EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1), main control switches are called "disconnector units", while EMERGENCY-STOP switches are termed "devices for emergency shutdown". "motor disconnects". In addition, the 3LD switch disconnectors have CCC certification. Maintenance personnel can protect themselves against unauthorized startup with padlocks (up to three can be fitted). The 3LD switches can be used in any mounting position. The 3LD switches for 16 to 250 A are approved according to UL 508 and can be used as "manual motor controllers" and Application The 3LD switches are used for switching main and auxiliary circuits, but also for switching induction motors and other loads during maintenance and repair work. 4 Siemens * 10/2015 The 3LD switches can be used as: * ON-OFF switches * EMERGENCY-STOP switches * Main control switches according to EN 60204-1 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Introduction Design Design of the contacts Each switch has three adjacent contact elements1). A 4th leading contact for switching the N conductor, a continuous PE terminal, and an auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC) can be fitted to each side of the switch. The auxiliary switches operate as leading contacts on opening. On opening, the NO contact opens before the main contacts, so that a contactor carries the switching capacity in the circuit and the maintenance or safety switch switches at zero current. On closing, the auxiliary switch switches later than or at the same time as the main contacts. Design of rotary operating mechanisms The rotary operating mechanisms of the switches for front or floor mounting are mounted on control cabinet doors, or on front or side panels with four-hole or center-hole mounting with a standard diameter of 22.5 mm and are operated from the outside. In their OFF position, they can be locked with up to three padlocks with a hasp thickness of 8 mm. Controls with defeatable doorcoupling rotary operating mechanism are available in addition. * Switching position indicator: The switch position is clearly marked with direction arrows and an "O" for OFF and a "I" for ON at the front. * Switches for front mounting: The switches for front mounting are connected directly to the rotary operating mechanism through the fixing screws or - in the case of center-hole mounting - a special-purpose coupling. * Switches for floor mounting: The switches for floor mounting are snapped onto 35 mm standard mounting rails according to EN 60715 or screwmounted on mounting plates. The actuators are connected to the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which can be released in its zero position, and a 300 mm long switch shaft. When the control cabinet door is open, the switch can be protected against inadvertent operation by removing the switch shaft from the lower section of the switch. The mounting depth can be adapted to individual requirements by adjusting the switch shaft length. * Switches for distribution board mounting: The switches for distribution board mounting are suited for operation in distribution boards and for switching inside control cabinets or distributors. They have cap and mounting dimensions to DIN 43880 and can be fitted under the same cover together with miniature circuit breakers. The selector switches can be locked in their OFF position with up to 2 padlocks with a hasp thickness of 6 mm. * Switches in molded-plastic enclosure: For surface mounting of individual main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, molded plastic-enclosed switches to degree of protection IP65 are used. The actuators can be locked in their OFF position with three padlocks with a hasp thickness of 8 mm. The molded-plastic enclosures each contain an N and/or a PE terminal. 1) Switch for front mounting with rotary operating mechanism, 3LD2704-0TK53 Switch for front mounting with knob, 3LD2222-0TK1 3-pole changeover switch for front mounting with knob, 3LD2122-7UK01 6-pole switch for front mounting with rotary operating mechanism, 3LD2103-3VK53 Switch for distribution board Switch for floor mounting with rotary operating mechanism and door coup- mounting with knob, 3LD2530-0TK11 ling, 3LD2144-0TK53 Switch in molded-plastic enclosure, 3LD2264-0TB5. Switch for floor mounting with rotary operating mechanism and defeatable door coupling, 3LD2217-1TL13 DC isolators, 3LD2265-8VQ51-0AF6 Switch for floor mounting 250 A, with rotary operating mechanism and door coupling, 3LD2418-0TK13 16 A versions have four contact elements; 3-pole changeover switches and 6-pole main control switches have six contact elements. Siemens * 10/2015 5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Introduction Technical specifications DIN VDE 0660, IEC 60947 Standards Switches Type 3LD20 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24 Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 Rated frequency Hz 50 ... 60 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Rated short-time withstand current (1 s current, rms value) A 340 640 640 1260 2000 2000 4000 4000 Short-circuit protection, max. back-up fuse (gL) A 20 25 40 63 100 125 160 250 Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses at 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC kArms 50 50 50 50 50 20 50 50 Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 2.5 4 9 21 64 104 185 557 Permissible let-through current of the fuse kA 3 3.5 4.5 6 10 10 15 15 Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250 AC-21A load-break switch Rated operational current Ie A 16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250 AC-3 motor load switches In-service switching of individual motors Rating At 220 ... 240 V At 380 ... 440 V At 660/690 V kW kW kW 3.0 5.5 5.5 4.0 7.5 7.5 5.5 9.5 9.5 11.0 18.5 15.0 18.5 30.0 22.0 22.0 37.0 30.0 35.0 50.0 37.0 55.0 110.0 45.0 AC-23A main control switch Repair switch Frequent, but not in-service switching of individual motors Rating At 220 ... 240 V At 380 ... 440 V At 660/690 V kW kW kW 4.0 7.5 7.5 5.0 9.5 9.5 6.0 11.5 11.5 11.0 22.0 18.5 18.5 37.0 30.0 22.0 45.0 37.0 45.0 75.0 45.0 75.0 132.0 55.0 W 0.5 1.1 1.8 4.5 7.5 12.0 36.0 36.0 Power loss per conducting path at Ie Endurance mechanical 100 000 Operating cycles Switching frequency 1/h 50 Permissible ambient temperature C -25 ... +55 V 690 Solid or stranded mm2 1 ... 6 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 2.5 ... 35 Finely stranded with end sleeve (max.) mm2 4 10 Conductor cross-sections AWG Nm Up to max. Isolating features Conductor cross-sections for main conductors 1) Copper cable Torque for terminal 4 ...50 4 ...50 16 ...185 16 ... 185 10 16 35 35 150 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 14 ... 8 14 ... 6 12 ... 1 12 ... 1 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 9.5 ... 10 9.5 ... 10 150 Yes Touch protection according to EN 50274 Auxiliary switches Rated insulation voltage Ui V 500 Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 500 Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 10 At 120 V A 6 At 220 ... 240 V A 3 At 380 ... 415 V A 1.8 At 500 V A 1.4 Short-circuit protection, aux. switch, max. back-up fuse (gL/gG) A 10 Rated operational current Ie, AC-15 Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors Connection type Terminals Solid or stranded mm2 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5), 1 x 4 Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.75 ... 1.5) 1 x 2.5 Torque for terminal Nm 0.8 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for UL/CSA as "manual motor controllers" UL/CSA Standards Switches Rated operational voltage Ue Rated uninterrupted current Iu Conductor cross-sections Torque 1) Cu cable 3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24 V AC A 600 20 A 600 P 600 25 600 30 A 600 P 600 32 600 60 --63 600 100 --100 600 125 --125 600 160 --160 600 250 --250 A 600 10 A 600 P 600 16 3 120 V 240 V 480 V 600 V HP HP HP HP 1 3 7.5 10 3 7.5 10 15 3 10 (7.5)2) 20 (15)2) 30 (20)2) 5 15 40 50 10 30 60 75 15 40 75 100 -40 75 75 -50 100 75 1 120 V 240 V HP HP 0.5 1.5 2 3 2 3 3 10 --- --- --- --- AWG Nm 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 14 ... 8 2 ... 2.5 14 ... 6 2.5 ... 3 12 ... 1 2.5 ... 3 12 ... 1 2.5 ... 3 1 ... MCM400 10 10 Current rating Pilot duty Conventional thermal current Ith Maximum rated power (AC-3) Alternating current motors 40 ... 60 Hz (HP = PS) Type Depending on the cable infeed, only small cross-sections are possible with devices in molded-plastic enclosures 6 Siemens * 10/2015 2) Values in brackets apply to devices in molded-plastic enclosure (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Front mounting Dimensional drawings Switch for center-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism 3LD2.54, 3LD2555 N K C M L A 22,5 max. 5,5 mm Type A 3LD2054 67 3LD2154/3LD2254 67 3LD2555 90 1) 24,1 NSG0_00206 F B G 3,2 For 3LD20 Base element 4-pole B C F G K L M1) N1) 67 67 90 48 46 60 50 55 64 38 44 50 37 37 46 74 74 81 17 17 17 47 47 47 For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for four-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism 3LD2.03, 3LD2.04 N L C K G M A1 A1 NSG0_00207 F B D A max. 5,5 mm Sealing plate behind masking plate For 3LD20 Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal Base element 4-pole Type A B A1 C D d F G K L M1) N1) 3LD2003 3LD2103 3LD2504 3LD2704/3LD2804 67 67 90 90 67 67 90 90 48 48 48 48 48 46 60 71 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 50 55 64 83 38 44 50 54 37 37 46 46 50 50 59 61 17 17 17 17 47 47 47 47 1) For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for center-hole mounting with knob 3LD2.50 N K F 24,1 G M B A 3LD2050 49 3LD2150/3LD2250 49 1) 3,2 For 3LD20 Base element 4-pole max 5,5 mm A Type Drilling diagram C NSG0_00208 L B C F G K L M1) N1) 49 49 48 46 50 55 38 44 34 34 74 74 17 17 47 47 For additional inscription label, see page 13. Siemens * 10/2015 7 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Front mounting Switches for four-hole mounting with knob 3LD2.22 N C K G M A1 A1 NSG0_00209 F B D A d L max. 5,5 mm Sealing plate behind masking plate For 3LD20 Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal Base element 4-pole Type A 3LD2022 49 3LD2122/3LD2222 49 1) B A1 C D d F G K L M1) N1) 49 49 36 36 48 46 10 10 5.0 5.0 50 55 38 44 34 34 50 50 17 17 47 47 For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for four-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism 3LD2103-.V..., 3LD2203-.V..., 3LD2504-.V... N K Drilling diagram C M L G A1 A Sealing plate behind masking plate Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal max. 5,5 mm Type A B A1 C D d F G K L M1) N1) 3LD2103-.V... 3LD2203-.V... 3LD2504-.V... 67 67 90 67 67 90 48 48 68 92 92 121 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.0 55 55 64 44 44 50 37 37 46 50 50 59 17 17 17 47 47 47 1) A1 NSG0_00215 F B D d For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for four-hole mounting with knob 3LD2122-.V... N L K Drilling diagram C G M A1 A Sealing plate behind masking plate Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal max 5,5 mm Type A B A1 C D d F G K L M1) N1) 3LD2122-.V... 49 49 36 92 10 5.0 55 44 32 50 17 47 1) For additional inscription label, see page 13. 8 Siemens * 10/2015 A1 NSG0_00216 F B D d (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Front mounting Selector switches 3LD2123-7U..., 3LD2223-7U..., 3LD2524-7U..., 3LD2724-7U... N C K Drilling diagram M L G A1 F A d Sealing plate behind masking plate Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal max 5,5 mm Type A B A1 C D d F G K L M1) N1) 3LD2123-7U... 3LD2223-7U... 3LD2524-7U... 3LD2724-7U... 67 67 92 92 67 67 92 92 48 48 68 68 92 92 121 141 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 28 28 32 42 46 46 53 68 34 34 40 40 63.5 63.5 73 75 17 17 17 17 47 47 47 47 1) A1 NSG0_00217 B D For additional inscription label, see page 13. Siemens * 10/2015 9 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Floor mounting Dimensional drawings Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (four-hole mounting) 3LD2.13, 3LD214. X = L + 52 mm L1 N Driling diagram Door 79 Base C K B1 A1 NSG0_00210 5 A B2 D F B G M A1 d e L Type A B A1 B1 B2 C D d e F G K L L1 M1) N1) Xmin 3LD2013 3LD2113/3LD2213 3LD2514 3LD2714/3LD2814 67 67 90 90 67 67 90 90 48 48 48 48 22 22 25 25 60 60 70 90 48 46 60 71 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 50 55 64 83 38 44 50 54 37 37 46 46 330 330 338 340 58 58 68 70 17 17 17 17 47 47 47 47 138 138 148 150 1) For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (center-hole mounting) 3LD2.44, 3LD2.45 5 X = L + 74 mm 101 M L1 NSG0_00211 F B 24,1 G 3,2 A 22,5 e L Type A 3LD2044 67 3LD2144/3LD2244 67 3LD2545 90 1) Base B1 Drilling diagram Door C K B2 N B B1 B2 C e F G K L L1 M1) N1) Xmin 67 67 90 22 22 25 60 60 70 48 46 60 4.5 4.5 5.5 50 55 64 38 44 50 37 37 46 330 330 338 58 58 68 17 17 17 47 47 47 160 160 170 For additional inscription label, see page 13. Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (four-hole mounting) 3LD2113-.V... X = L + 52 mm L1 Driling diagram Door C 79 F D A1 G B1 A1 NSG0_00218 M B Base K B2 N d e 5 A L Type A B A1 B1 B2 C D d e F G K L L1 M1) N1) Xmin 3LD2113-.V... 67 67 48 22 60 92 10 5.0 4.5 55 44 37 330 58 17 47 138 1) For additional inscription label, see page 13. 10 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Distribution board mounting Dimensional drawings Switches for distribution board mounting 3LD2.30 K C F B K1 NSG0_00212 45 L A 5 Type A B C F K K1 L 3LD2030 3LD2130 3LD2230 3LD2530 3LD2730 3LD2830 53 53 53 64 71 71 45 45 45 45 45 45 48 46 46 60 71 71 50 55 55 64 83 83 41 41 41 43 47 47 14 14 14 16 19 19 37 37 37 44 44 44 1) For additional inscription label, see page 13. Siemens * 10/2015 11 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Molded-plastic enclosures Dimensional drawings Switches with molded-plastic enclosure and rotary operating mechanism Metric screw connection 3LD2.64, 3LD2.65, 3LD2.66 A K H Drilling diagram 3LD2.64 3LD2.65 Drilling diagram 3LD2.66 A1 C F D B1 B1 N NSG0_00213 K B B2 B1 E M d G Type A B A1 B1 B2 C d D E F G H K M N 3LD2.64-...5. 3LD2.65-...5. 3LD2.66-...5. 3LD2566-.V... 100 146 212 212 140 176 302 302 --189 189 152 188 238 238 164 199 302 302 46 66 84 84 4.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 4 x M25 4 x M32/40 4 x M50/63 4 x M32/40 24 37 57 57 --2 x M20 2 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 81 104 136 136 67 90 90 90 36 45 45 45 2 x M20, 2 x M40 2 x M20, 2 x M40 2 x M20, 2 x M50 2 x M20, 2 x M50 Switches in molded-plastic enclosure with knob 3LD2.6.-7U... Drilling diagram 3LD2.65 M Drilling diagram 3LD2.66 A1 C F B1 B1 N NSG0_00220 K B B2 B1 E H d G Type A B A1 B1 B2 C d D E F G H K M N 3LD2165-7U... 3LD2265-7U... 3LD2566-7U... 3LD2766-7U... 146 146 212 212 176 176 302 302 --189 189 188 188 238 238 199 199 302 302 66 66 84 84 4.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 4 x M32/40 4 x M32/40 4 x M32/40 4 x M50/63 37 37 57 57 --2 x M20 2 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 104 104 136 136 67 67 90 90 32 32 45 45 2 x M20, 2 x M40 2 x M20, 2 x M40 2 x M20, 2 x M50 2 x M20, 2 x M50 12 Siemens * 10/2015 D A K (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Accessories Dimensional drawings Front mounting 3LD92.0-0B 4th contact (N conductor) for front mounting, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off Front and floor mounting 3LD92.4-1B, 3LD92.4-3B Rotary operating mechanisms for four-hole mounting, black, red/yellow A C B B A G C N N NSE0_00934 NSE0_00928a Type A 3LD9220-0B 54.5 3LD9250-0BA 64.5 3LD9280-0B 83.5 B C G 40.5 47.0 44.0 15.5 20.0 23.0 31.5 37.0 20.0 Type A B C 3LD9224-1B 3LD9224-3B 3LD9284-1B 3LD9284-3B 67.0 67.0 90.0 90.0 67.0 67.0 90.0 90.0 37.0 37.0 46.0 46.0 3LD92.4-1D, 3LD92.4-3D Rotary operating mechanisms for center-hole mounting, black, red/yellow A C B 3LD92.0-2B N or PE terminal For front mounting, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off NSE0_00935 B A G Type A B C 3LD9224-1D 3LD9224-3D 3LD9284-1D 3LD9284-3D 67.0 67.0 90.0 90.0 67.0 67.0 90.0 90.0 37.0 37.0 46.0 46.0 C N C A NSE0_00929a B C G 50.0 54.5 64.5 83.5 40.0 40.5 47.0 44.0 13.0 15.5 20.0 23.0 31.0 31.5 37.0 20.0 3LD9286-1A, 3LD9286-4A Inscription labels German/English, neutral 5 NSE0_00933a 47 17 MAIN SWITCH HAUPTSCHALTER B A Type A B C 3LD9201-2A 3LD9221-2A 3LD9251-2A 3LD9281-2A 34.5 34.5 40.5 45.0 15.0 20.0 21.5 17.5 10.0 15.0 20.0 23.0 3LD92.1-.A Terminal covers as additional touch protection For snap-fitting at top and bottom, 1-pole A A-A A A 3LD9200-2B 3LD9220-2B 3LD9250-2BA 3LD9280-2B A Type NSE0_00936 A-A NSE0_00937 N 3LD92.1-2A Terminal covers as additional touch protection For snap-fitting at top and bottom, 1-pole B A C Type A B C 3LD9201-1A 3LD9221-0A 3LD9251-0A 34.5 34.5 40.5 15.0 20.0 21.5 46.0 46.0 60.0 Siemens * 10/2015 13 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A Accessories Floor and distribution board mounting 3LD92.0-0C 4th contact (N conductor) For rear mounting, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off C N N B A G NSE0_00938a Type A 3LD9220-0C 54.5 3LD9250-0CA 64.5 3LD9280-0C 83.5 B C G 40.5 47.0 44.0 15.5 20.0 23.0 31.5 37.0 20.0 3LD92.0-2C N or PE terminal continuous C N N B A G NSE0_00939a Type A B C G 3LD9200-2C 3LD9220-2C 3LD9250-2CA 3LD9280-2C 50.0 54.5 64.5 83.5 40.0 40.5 47.0 44.0 13.0 15.5 20.0 23.0 31.0 31.5 37.0 20.0 50 NSJ0_00005 3LD9200-5.. Auxiliary switches 11 14 32 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A Introduction Overview Benefits The 5TE1 switch disconnectors are available from 100 A to 200 A in 3 and 4-pole versions and can be used as main control switches, repair switches, outgoing feeder switches and emergency mains switching off device. The series corresponds to the requirements of IEC/EN 60947-3 and its key features are its compact and robust design, high short-circuit strength, high DC breaking capacity and comprehensive accessories. * Transparent enclosures ensure that the contact position is always visible * Contacts with double breaks ensure reliable insulation characteristics * Can be locked in the OFF position to allow for maintenance work * With a red knob and yellow cap, it can also be used as an emergency switching off device Its small footprint means it is easy to install in all types of enclosures, distribution boards and control cabinets. The devices are approved to UL 508 and KEMA certified. Technical specifications 5TE1.1 5TE1.2 5TE1.3 5TE1.4 IEC/EN 60947-3, UL 508 UL 508 for the following types: 5TE1320, 5TE1330, 5TE1340, 5TE1420, 5TE1430 and 5TE1440. UL File No. E302554 Standards Approvals Rated operational current Ie With utilization category AC-21A Per cond. path At Ue = 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V A A A A 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 160 160 160 160 200 200 200 200 Rated operational current Ie With utilization category AC-22A Per cond. path At Ue = 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V A A A A 100 100 100 63 125 125 100 63 160 160 160 160 200 200 200 200 Rated operational current Ie With utilization category AC-23A Per cond. path At Ue = 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V A A A A 80 80 50 40 125 125 125 63 160 160 125 80 Rated operational current Ie With utilization category DC-23A 2 poles in series 2 poles in series 4 poles in series 110 V 220 V 220 V A A A 100 -100 160 100 160 Rated operational voltage Ue V AC According to UL: 480, acc. to IEC: 690 Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2000 m kV 8 Impulse test voltage At sea level kV 12.3 kW kW kW kW 44 46 35 36 At Ue = Max. rated operational power With utilization category AC-23A 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V 88 92 86 76 Thermal rated current Ith At 40 C, 50 C and 60 C A 100 160 200 Rated making capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1875 3200 4000 Rated breaking capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1000 1920 2400 Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity Icm Per cond. path 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V kA kA kA kA 10 10 6.7 6.7 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (peak value) Per cond. path 0.25 s 1s kA kA 5 2.5 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V kA kA kA kA 50 50 50 33 33 20 18 kVar 50 60 77 97 4.5 6.5 10 At Ue = Rated conditional short-circuit current With back-up protection with back-up fuse With identical rated current Capacitive load At Ue = At 400 V 125 69 72 86 60 6 3 2/3/4 Number of poles VA 2.9 Frequency Hz 50/60 Conductor cross-sections * Solid and stranded * AWG cables * Copper busbars mm2 AWG mm2 6 ... 50 10 ... 1/0 -- -8 max. 20 x 6 1000 10000 Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole Endurance Electrical Mechanical Switch. cycles 1500 20000 Acc. to UL 508 UL 508 General Use 480 V UL 508 Manual Motor Controller 230 V UL 508 Manual Motor Controller 480 V UL 508 Short-Circuit at 480 V In FLA (Full load amperes) Rating Rating With Class H or K5 fuses With J fuses A A hp hp kA kA ------- 80 28 10 20 10 50 100 34 25 15 Siemens * 10/2015 125 40 30 15 15 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A General data Dimensional drawings 5TE1 switch disconnectors, 100 A and 125 A 5TE9 auxiliary switches 73 I201_07109a I201_07111c 90 75 45 90 44 45 44 90 5TE1210 5TE1220 5TE1310 5TE1315 5TE1320 5TE1325 9 73 6 5TE1410 5TE1415 5TE1420 5TE1425 42 92,5 5TE1610 5TE1620 5TE9005 5TE9006 5TE1 switch disconnectors, 160 A and 200 A 5TE9014 locking units 1x 2x 3x max. 8 mm 13 90 ON 80 70 44 I201_07112a 35 35 45 35 5,5 73 I201_07110a OFF 70 144 5TE1230 5TE1240 5TE1330 5TE1335 5TE1340 5TE1345 6 5TE1430 5TE1435 5TE1440 5TE1445 92,5 5TE1630 5TE1640 5TE9 rotary actuators with extension shaft 19 H 165/365 65 53,5 73 79 19 H 165/365 H+35 L H+100 H+35 L H+100 2,5 SW16 H-7 6 SW16 H-7 I201_07205b 6 2,5 6 73 79 0 37,5 32 I201_07206b With 100 A and 125 A switch disconnectors 5TE9010, 5TE9011, 5TE9012, 5TE9013 It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state. 16 Siemens * 10/2015 With 160 A and 200 A switch disconnectors 5TE9010, 5TE9011, 5TE9012, 5TE9013 It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state. 65 53,5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A General data Circuit diagrams Graphical symbols 1 3 5TE9 auxiliary switches 1 3 5 2 4 2 4 6 5TE1210 5TE1220 5TE1230 5TE1240 5TE1310 5TE1320 5TE1330 5TE1340 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 L 5TE9005 1 2 3 4 L1 L2 5TE9006 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 5TE1610 5TE1620 5TE1630 5TE1640 1 2 5TE1410 5TE1420 5TE1430 5TE1440 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 5TE1315 5TE1325 5TE1335 5TE1345 5TE1415 5TE1425 5TE1435 5TE1445 More information Connection of5TE1.3 and 5TE1.4 switches, 160 A and 200 A 10-12 I201_08070b SW 5 SW 13 max. 12 Nm Design * From 160 A: Supplied with one terminal cover * 160 A and 200 A: Version for connection with cable lug * Screw fixing on base plate * Installation on standard mounting rail to EN 60715, which is raised at least 5 mm from the base plate 10-12 O 8,5 max. 6 5TE9003 5TE9004 SW 5 20 max. max. O14 Siemens * 10/2015 17 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Introduction Overview Devices Description Complete assemblies Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms Ready-to-install combinations comprising switch disconnectors and operating mechanisms * 3- and 4-pole switch disconnectors with front operating mechanisms * Connections in form of box terminal or flat terminal incl. direct operating mechanism with gray handle Basic units Front operating mechanisms Switch disconnectors with front operating mechanisms without handle 6-pole up to 1200 V DC * 6-pole versions * Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal (sizes 1 and 2) * Operating mechanism module in the center of the switch disconnector 3-/4-pole up to 690 V AC / 440 V DC * 3- and 4-pole versions * Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal (sizes 1 and 2) * Operating mechanism module in the center or on the left-hand side of the switch disconnector Side operating mechanism Switch disconnectors with side operating mechanisms * 3- and 4-pole versions * Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal (sizes 1 and 2) * Operating mechanism module on the right or left-hand side of the switch disconnector Accessories and spare parts Additional poles Additional poles for enhanced functionality * 4th contact element (switching pole) * N terminal (neutral conductor terminal with removable jumper) * N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper) Left: Box terminal Right: Flat terminal Direct operating mechanisms Different handles for mounting on basic units * Direct operating mechanisms for direct mounting on switch disconnector * Handles available in colors gray or red/yellow Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms Different handles for mounting on basic units * Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for operation of switch disconnector outside the control cabinet door * 8UD1 series or 8UC7/3KD9 series * Handles available in colors gray or red/yellow 18 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Overview Benefits * * * * * * * * * * * 3KD switch disconnector, complete assembly, 3-pole Features * 3-pole, 4-pole, and 6-pole versions in 5 different sizes * Supplied as a complete assembly including direct operating mechanism or as a basic unit without a handle * Direct operating mechanism with handle on switch disconnector * Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for operation of switch disconnector outside the control cabinet door * Versions with side operating mechanisms * Connections in the form of box terminals or flat terminals * Floor mounting or mounting on a standard rail (sizes 1 and 2) * Additional poles can be retrofitted: 4th contact element, N or N/PE terminals * Auxiliary switches for querying the switch positions * Suitable for AC applications up to 690 V + 10 % (wind power) * Suitable for DC applications up to 1200 V Enhanced touch protection Contact position is clearly visible Locking functions help to prevent unauthorized operation Enhanced protection against inter-phase arcing Safe use in wind farms Compact design saves space Wide variety of applications thanks to a range of different operating mechanism designs Supplementary functions can be retrofitted Various service positions are possible thanks to optimized heat dissipation Test function to ensure safe commissioning Comprehensive support through provision of CAx data Application 3KD switch disconnectors are designed for applications with exacting requirements. They are deployed as main control switches, EMERGENCY-STOP switches and repair switches in industrial plants, infrastructure and buildings. 3KD switch disconnectors are designed to switch the specified rated current on and off under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits. All 3KD switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660-107.. Siemens * 10/2015 19 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Design A 3KD switch disconnector consists of an operating mechanism module, three, four or six switching poles and a handle to operate the switch disconnector. Handles I201_18832 The direct operating mechanism version of the handle is mounted directly on the switch disconnector. It can also be supplied in the form of a door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for actuation of the switch disconnector outside the control cabinet door. The handle is available in gray, or colored red/yellow for use as an EMERGENCY-STOP switch. Commonly used switch disconnector variants comprising basic unit and handle are available as complete assemblies. Handle either as direct operating mechanism or door-coupling rotary operating mechanism Position of operating mechanism modules To allow optimum utilization of the available installation space, units with front operating mechanisms can be supplied with the operating mechanism module in various positions - mounted on the left-hand side of the 3KD switch disconnector or in the center between the switching poles. Number of poles/ application Front operating mechanism on the side On units with side operating mechanisms, the operating mechanism module is positioned on the right or left-hand side of the 3KD switch disconnector. Front operating mechanism in the center Side operating mechanism on the left Side operating mechanism on the right 3-pole 4-pole For 1200 V DC 20 Siemens * 10/2015 -- -- -- (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Additional poles Auxiliary switches All sizes of the 3KD switch disconnectors can be retrofitted with additional poles on a modular basis. Auxiliary switches allow remote interrogation of the contact position of the switch disconnector. When installing additional poles, it is important to note that only a 3-pole 3KD switch disconnector may be retrofitted with an additional switching pole with contact system (4th contact element). Installation of auxiliary switches for sizes 1 and 2 I201_18835 I201_18834 Additional poles (4th contact element, N or N/PE terminal) must always be mounted directly adjacent to the switch disconnector on the left or right, i.e. with sizes 1 and 2, therefore, it is not permissible to install an auxiliary switch module between the basic unit and an additional pole. The auxiliary switches used for sizes 1 and 2 are microswitches (changeover contacts) which can be snapped into an auxiliary switch module. This auxiliary switch module is mounted on the side of the switch disconnector in the same way as an additional pole. A maximum of two microswitches can be installed in each auxiliary switch module. Auxiliary switches with auxiliary switch module for sizes 1 and 2 Installation of auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5 Installation of an additional pole Available versions: Fourth contact element: The 4th contact element includes a contact system and is identical to the poles installed at the factory. It can be installed to upgrade a 3-pole switch disconnector to a disconnector with 4 poles. N With sizes 3 to 5, the auxiliary switches are directly attached to the operating mechanism module. The auxiliary switch with the leading switch function is always installed in the right-hand mounting location. The other locations are provided for simultaneously switching with the main contacts. N Fourth contact element as an additional pole N terminal (neutral conductor terminal): The N terminal does not include a contact system. A jumper can be removed in order to interrupt the electrical connection between the two terminals. An N terminal can be installed to add a non-switching N pole to a 3-pole disconnector. N N 0 I2 N terminal as non-switching pole N/PE terminal: The N/PE terminal is identical to the neutral conductor terminal. However, the electrical connection between the two terminals is permanent and cannot be interrupted by removal of a jumper. The N/PE terminal is normally deployed for applications in which it is vital to ensure that this connection can never be interrupted. N 1_ 18 90 5 1 2 2 N 1 N/PE terminal with permanent connections 1 1 Auxiliary switch, leading 2 Auxiliary switch, simultaneous Auxiliary switches directly attached to the operating mechanism module with sizes 3 to 5. The leading auxiliary switch is highlighted in the drawing. Siemens * 10/2015 21 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Types of mounting The auxiliary switches can operate either simultaneously with the main contacts or function as leading switches with all sizes. All 3KD switch disconnectors are designed for floor mounting. To ensure that the switch can be flexibly adapted to the relevant installation conditions, the mounting bracket can be rotated through 90 with size 3 or larger. On Main circuit Off Auxiliary switch NO standard NC Auxiliary switch NO leading NC I201_18918 3KD I201_18906 Switching instants of auxiliary switches t One of the possible functions of leading auxiliary switches is to disconnect the circuit with the assistance of a higher-level switching device, such as a circuit breaker, before the main contacts of the 3KD switch disconnector open. With sizes 1 and 2, the selection of the appropriate auxiliary switch module determines whether the switching instant will be leading or simultaneous. Floor mounting method Sizes 1 and 2 can be snapped onto a standard mounting rail (TH35 according to EN 60715) as alternative mounting method. With sizes 3, 4 and 5, the switching instant is determined by the selection of the mounting location for the auxiliary switch on the operating mechanism module. In this case, only 3SB3 auxiliary switches with NO contacts (1 NO or 2 NO) can be used as leading auxiliary switches. Test function for auxiliary switches I201_18836 The test function allows a wiring check to be performed on the auxiliary switches without necessitating closure of the main contacts of the 3KD switch disconnector. The test function can be used as part of the commissioning process. The test function is activated by turning the handle of a direct operating mechanism in the OFF position by 25 in the counterclockwise direction. The handle must be turned 90 in the clockwise direction in order to switch the main contacts. I201_18952 Mounting on a standard mounting rail Locking functions 3KD switch disconnectors can be locked by up to three padlocks in order to prevent unauthorized switch operation. A flat version of the direct operating mechanisms is available for use in confined installation spaces. This can be secured with a lock without increasing the required mounting depth. I201_18837 I201_18838 The auxiliary switch module including test function must be used for sizes 1 and 2. With sizes 3, 4 and 5, all installed auxiliary switches are switched when the test function is activated. Locking functions involving one or more padlocks 22 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Electrical connection Terminal covers 3KD switch disconnectors are available with a number of different terminal types. For 3KD switch disconnectors erected outside a control cabinet, terminal covers can be installed to provide touch protection for all terminals. Box terminals I201_18909 Box terminals for sizes 1 and 2 (rated currents 16 A to 160 A) are designed to allow the speedy connection of stripped conductors. I201_18839 Connection via box terminals Flat terminals Sizes 2 to 5 (rated currents 80 A to 1600 A) are available with flat terminals - for connection of cable lugs or busbar systems. Terminal covers Phase barriers I201_18841 I201_18910 When long, non-insulated cable lugs are used, phase barriers provide enhanced protection against arcing. Connection via flat terminals Terminal covers and phase barriers can be supplied for 3KD switch disconnectors with flat terminals. Phase barriers Siemens * 10/2015 23 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3KD switch disconnectors: Box terminals 3KD switch disconnectors: Flat terminal Size 1 3LD2 0 3LD2 1 Type 3LD2 2 3LD2 5 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3KD....-.M 3LD2 7 3LD2 8 3LD2 3 3KD....-.N 3KD switch disconnectors 3LD main control 3KD switch disconnectors and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 16 25 32 63 16 32 63 100 125 160 80 100 125 160 200 *3 *4 *6 * Flat terminals -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- * Box terminals -- * Front operating mechanism * Side operating mechanism -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.34 0.64 0.64 1.26 3 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 50 50 50 100 100 100 50 20 50 65 65 65 65 50 Rated current In A 2 Number of poles Connection Operating mechanisms Operating and short-circuit behavior * Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 s current, rms value) kA * Rated conditional short-circuit kArms 50 current with upstream fuses at 690 V1) 1) Valid for the combination of 3KD switch disconnector and fuse type 3NA..., characteristic gG. Available -- Not available 24 Siemens * 10/2015 For further information about 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, see * Catalog LV 10, Chapter 7 * Industry Mall, section "Building Technologies and Electrical Distribution" --> "Low-Voltage Components" --> "SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices" --> "Switching Devices" --> "Switch Disconnectors" --> "3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A" (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview (continued) 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3KD switch disconnectors: Box terminals 3KD switch disconnectors: Flat terminal Size 3LD24 Type 3 4 5 3KD....-.P 3KD....-.Q 3KD....-.R 3LD main control 3KD switch disconnectors and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 250 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 *3 *4 *6 * Flat terminal -- * Box terminals -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- * Front operating mechanism * Side operating mechanism -- 4 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 50 50 50 65 65 35 35 65 65 50 -- -- -- Rated current In A Number of poles Connection Operating mechanisms Operating and short-circuit behavior * Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 s current, rms value) kA * Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses at 690 V1) kArms 50 1) Valid for the combination of 3KD switch disconnector and fuse type 3NA..., characteristic gG. Available -- Not available For further information about 3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, see * Catalog LV 10, Chapter 7 * Industry Mall, section "Building Technologies and Electrical Distribution" --> "Low-Voltage Components" --> "SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices" --> "Switching Devices" --> "Switch Disconnectors" --> "3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A" Siemens * 10/2015 25 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 1 and 2, box terminal 11 9 1 7 6 8 I201_19466 10 11 2 3 4 5 1 3KD switch disconnectors 7 Neutral conductor terminal (with removable jumper) 2 Direct operating mechanism (standard version) 8 Mounting bracket (spare part) 3 Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards) 9 4th contact element 4 8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 10 Auxiliary switch module 5 8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 11 Auxiliary switch 6 N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper) 26 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications, sizes 1 and 2, box terminal 7 9 1 8 6 I201_1946 9 9 2 3 4 5 1 3KD switch disconnectors 6 Mounting bracket (spare part) 2 Direct operating mechanism (standard version) 7 Bridging bar 3 Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards) 8 Auxiliary switch module 4 8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 9 Auxiliary switch 5 8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism Siemens * 10/2015 27 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, size 2, flat terminal 6 8 7 14 12 1 10 9 11 13 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 1 3KD switch disconnectors 8 Cable connection covers 2 Direct operating mechanism (standard version) 9 N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper) 3 Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards) 10 Neutral conductor terminal (with removable jumper) 4 8UC Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 11 Mounting bracket (spare part) 5 8UD Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 12 4th contact element 6 Phase barriers 13 Auxiliary switch module 7 Cable connection cover, short 14 Auxiliary switch 28 I201_18 8 4 4 14 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole, size 2, flat terminal 8 6 10 9 7 13 1 11 12 13 I201_19470 7 6 9 2 3 10 8 4 5 1 3KD switch disconnectors 2 Direct operating mechanism (standard version) 8 Cable connection cover for bridging bars 9 Cable connection cover, short 3 Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards) 10 Cable connection cover 4 8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 11 Mounting bracket (spare part) 5 8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 12 Auxiliary switch module 6 Phase barriers 13 Auxiliary switch 7 Bridging bar Siemens * 10/2015 29 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 3 to 5, flat terminal 4 6 5 10 1 9 8 I201_18845 11 5 6 2 7 3 4 30 1 3KD switch disconnectors 7 Cable connection covers 2 Direct operating mechanism 8 N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper) 3 8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 9 Neutral conductor (with removable jumper) 4 8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 10 4th contact element 5 Phase barriers 11 Auxiliary switch 6 Cable connection covers, short Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications, sizes 3 to 5, flat terminal 7 5 9 8 6 1 10 I201_19471 6 5 8 2 9 3 7 4 1 3KD switch disconnectors 6 Bridging bar 2 Direct operating mechanism 7 Cable connection cover for bridging bars 3 8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 8 Cable connection cover, short 4 8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 9 Cable connection cover 5 Phase barriers 10 Auxiliary switch Siemens * 10/2015 31 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Technical specifications 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 1 and 2 Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 Type 3KD16 3KD22 3KD26 3KD28 3KD30 3KD32 3KD34 3KD36...N Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 General technical details Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200 Conventional free air thermal current Ith1) A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200 Rated operational voltage Ue * At 50/60 Hz AC (tolerance up to + 10 % permissible) * At DC - 2 conducting paths series-connected * At DC - 3 conducting paths series-connected V V V 690 220 440 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Overvoltage category III III III III III III III III Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Operating and short-circuit behavior Rated operational current Ie * At AC-21A, AC-22A, 400 ... 690 V * At AC-23, 400V * At AC-23, 500V * At AC-23, 690 V A A A A 16 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 63 63 63 63 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 160 160 160 125 200 160 160 125 * At DC-21A, 220/440 V * At DC-22A, 220/440 V * At DC-23A, 220/440 V A A A 16 16 16 32 32 32 63 63 63 80 80 80 100 100 100 125 125 125 160 160 160 160 160 160 Motor switching capacity AC-23A2) * At 400 V * At 500 V * At 690 V kW kW kW 7.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 30 30 37 55 37 55 75 55 55 90 55 75 110 90 110 110 90 110 110 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (with t = 1 s, rms value, 690 V AC/440 V DC) kA 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity Icm (At 690 V AC/440 V DC) kA 7 7 7 12 12 12 12 12 Rated current of upstream fuse3) A 63 63 63 160 160 160 160 200 Rated conditional short-circuit current capacity with upstream fuse3) * At 400/500 V AC * At 690 V AC kA kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 65 100 65 100 65 100 65 50 50 Let-through current combined with upstream fuse3) * At 400/500 V AC * At 690 V AC kA kA 7 7.5 7 7.5 7 7.5 17.9 18.7 17.9 18.7 17.9 18.7 17.9 18.7 18 19 Let-through I2t value with upstream fuse3) * At 400/500 V * At 690 V kA2s 13.3 kA2s 13.7 13.3 13.7 13.3 13.7 135.6 178.3 135.6 178.3 135.6 178.3 135.6 178.3 211 226 Power loss per pole with thermal current Ith W 0.2 0.6 2 2 3 4.5 7 10 15000 6000 1500 15000 6000 1500 15000 6000 1500 15000 1500 1500 15000 1500 1500 15000 1500 1000 15000 1500 1000 15000 1500 1000 * With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 * Without masking plate or terminal cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP004)/IP20 Endurance, operating cycles * Mechanical * Electrical, at AC-23A, 690 V/50...60 Hz * Electrical, at DC-23A, 220/440 V Degree of protection IP00 Ambient conditions * Ambient temperature during operation * Ambient temperature during storage C C * Mounting position5) -25 ... +70 (no derating of Ith at -5 to +55C) -50 ... +80 Any Main conductor connections Conductor cross-section, max. mm2 35 35 35 70 (95)6) 70 (95)6) 70 (95)6) 70 (95)6) 95 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness) * Flat terminals mm * Box terminals mm -1x9x2 1 x 20 x 3 7) 1 x 14 x 3 Tightening torque * Flat terminals * Box terminals -5...6.5 15 ... 22 6.5...8 Nm Nm 1) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 125C. 5) With mounting positions other than the vertical, please contact Technical Support. 2) Values are provided as a guide only and may vary depending on the make of motor. 6) 95 mm valid for variants with flat terminals. 7) When using busbars that are 20 mm wide, these must be insulated. 3) Valid for the combination of 3KD and fuse type 3NA38 for Iu = 16 ... 160 A; 3NA31 for Iu = 200 A, characteristic gG. 4) Relevant only for devices with flat terminals. 32 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Technical specifications (continued) 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 3 to 5 Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 Type 3KD36..-.P 3KD38 3KD40 3KD42 3KD44 3KD46 3KD48 3KD50 3KD52 3KD54 Size 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 General technical details Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 Conventional free air thermal current Ith1) A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 Rated operational voltage Ue * At 50/60 Hz AC (tolerance up to + 10 % permissible) * At DC - 2 conducting paths series-connected * At DC - 3 conducting paths series-connected V V V 690 220 440 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Overvoltage category IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Operating and short-circuit behavior Rated operational current Ie2) 3) * At AC-21A, AC-22A, 400 ... 690 V * At AC-23, 400V * At AC-23, 500 V * At AC-23, 690 V A A A A 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 315 315 315 315 400 400 350 315 500 500 500 500 630 630 630 500 800 670 630 500 1000 800 800 800 1250 800 800 800 1600 800 800 800 * At DC-21A, 220/440 V * At DC-22A, 220/440 V * At DC-23A, 220/440 V A A A 200 200 200 250 250 250 315 315 315 400 400 400 500 500 500 630 630 630 800 800 800 1000 --- 1250 --- 1600 --- Motor switching capacity AC-23A4) * At 400 V * At 500 V * At 690 V kW kW kW 110 132 185 132 160 220 160 220 280 220 250 315 280 355 500 355 400 500 355 400 500 400 560 800 400 560 800 400 560 800 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (with t = 1 s, rms value, 690 V AC/440 V DC) kA 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 50 50 50 Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (at 690 V AC/440 V DC) kA 26 26 26 26 63 63 63 105 105 105 Rated current of upstream fuse5) A 250 250 400 400 630 630 800 1000 1250 1600 kA kA 100 65 100 65 65 35 65 35 100 65 100 65 100 50 100 -- 80 -- 80 -- kA kA 25.1 22.7 25.1 22.7 35.2 27.96 35.2 27.96 61.6 54.5 61.6 54.5 63.7 70.4 95.9 -- 103.4 -- 110 -- Let-through I2t value in combination with upstream fuse5) * At 400/500 V * At 690 V kAs 427 kAs 348 427 348 1165 1157 1165 1157 3687 4450 3687 4450 7471 15400 25960 30900 10300 ---- Power loss per pole with thermal current Ith W 4 7 10 17 15 22 35 10000 1000 1000 10000 10000 10000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 * With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 * Without masking plate or terminal cover IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuse5) * At 400/500 V AC * At 690 V AC Let-through current combined with upstream * At 400/500 V AC * At 690 V AC fuse5) Endurance, operating cycles * Mechanical * Electrical, at AC-23A, 690 V/50...60 Hz * Electrical, at DC-23A, 220/440 V 8000 1000 1000 8000 1000 1000 8000 1000 500 47 70 6000 500 500 6000 500 500 120 6000 500 500 Degree of protection Ambient conditions * Ambient temperature during operation * Ambient temperature during storage C C 6) -25 ... +70 (no derating of Ith at -5 to +55C) -50 ... +80 Any * Mounting position Main conductor connections mm2 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness) * Flat terminal mm 1 x 30 x 10 * Box terminals mm 1 x 30 x 10 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 60 x 10 2 x 60 x 10 Tightening torque * Flat terminal * Box terminals 50 ... 75 -- 50 ... 75 -- Conductor cross-section, max. Nm Nm 1) Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 125 C. 2) With size 3 switch disconnectors, phase barriers or terminal covers (accessories) are required for: - Busbar systems at AC-21A, AC-22A and Ue >400 V, AC-23A and - When cable lugs are connected 3) 30 ... 44 -4) Values are provided as a guide only and may vary depending on the make of motor. 5) Valid for the combination of 3KD and fuse type 3NA..., characteristic gG. 6) Contact Technical Support for other mounting positions. With size 4 at AC-23A, phase barriers or terminal covers must be installed (accessories). Siemens * 10/2015 33 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Technical specifications (continued) 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications up to 1200 V, sizes 1 and 2 Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 Type 3KD16 3KD22 3KD26 3KD28 3KD30 3KD32 3KD34 Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 General technical details Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 Conventional free air thermal current Ith1) A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 * At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 * At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1000 1000 1000 10002) 10002) 10002) 10002) * At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 * At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1000 1000 1000 10003) 10003) 10003) 10003) Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 III III III III III III III Rated operational voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Overvoltage category Operating and short-circuit behavior Rated operational current Ie * At DC-21A, 1200 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 * At DC-21B, 1200 V A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- kA 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 * At 1200 V DC kA 4.3 4.3 4.3 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 Power loss per pole with thermal current Ith W 0.2 0.6 2 2 3 4.5 7 * Mechanical 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 * Electrical, at DC-21, 1200 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 * With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 * Without masking plate or terminal cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP004) / IP20 70 70 70 Rated short-time withstand current Icw * With t = 1 s, rms value, 1200 V DC Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity Icm Endurance, operating cycles Degree of protection Ambient conditions * Ambient temperature during operation C -25 ... +70 (no derating of Ith at -5 to +40C) * Ambient temperature during storage C -50 ... +80 Any * Mounting position Main conductor connections Conductor cross-section, max. mm2 35 35 35 70 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness) * Flat terminal mm -- 1 x 20 x 35) * Box terminals mm 1x9x2 1 x 14 x 3 * Flat terminal Nm -- 15 ... 22 * Box terminals Nm 5...6.5 6.5...8 Tightening torque 1) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 110C 2) Valid for version with box terminal, version with flat terminal max. 1200 V 3) Valid for version with box terminal, version with flat terminal max. 1250 V 4) Relevant only for devices with flat terminals 5) When using busbars that are 20 mm wide, these must be insulated. 34 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Technical features Technical specifications (continued) 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications up to 1200 V, sizes 3 to 5 Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 Type 3KD36 3KD38 3KD40 3KD42 3KD44 3KD46 3KD48 3KD50 3KD52 3KD54 Size 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 General technical details Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 Conventional free air thermal current Ith1) A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 * At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 * At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 * At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 * At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV Rated operational voltage Ue Rated insulation voltage Ui Overvoltage category Operating and short-circuit behavior Rated operational current Ie2) * At DC-21A, 1200 V A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- * At DC-21B, 1200 V A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 kA 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 * At 1200 V DC kA 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 Power loss per pole with thermal current Ith W 4 7 10 17 15 22 35 47 70 120 * Mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 8000 8000 8000 6000 6000 6000 * Electrical, at DC-21, 1200 V 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 * With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 * Without masking plate or terminal cover IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Rated short-time withstand current Icw * With t = 1 s, rms value, 1200 V DC Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity Icm Endurance, operating cycles Degree of protection Ambient conditions * Ambient temperature during operation C -25 ... +70 (no derating of Ith at -5 to +40 C) * Ambient temperature during storage C -50 ... +80 Any * Mounting position Main conductor connections mm2 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 * Flat terminal mm 1 x 30 x 10 2 x 40 x5 2 x 60 x 10 * Box terminals mm -- -- -- * Flat terminal Nm 30 ... 44 50 ... 75 50 ... 75 * Box terminals Nm -- -- -- Conductor cross-section, max. Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness) Tightening torque 1) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 110C 2) For switch disconnectors size 3 and 4, phase barriers or contact connection covers (accessories) are required when connecting cable lugs Siemens * 10/2015 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Dimensional drawings Size 1 Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left. 18 R44.7 I201_18664 45 46.5 84 119 42 O 4.5 94 109 119.6 8 44 62 9.6 18.4 87 Size 1, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD1632-2ME10-0, 3KD2232-2ME10-0, 3KD2632-2ME10-0 18 45 I201_18670 R44.7 46.5 84 119 42 O 4.5 8 112 127 137.6 44 62 87 18.4 9.6 Size 1, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD1642-2ME10-0, 3KD2242-2ME10-0, 3KD2642-2ME10-0 36 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) Basic units without handle Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 18 I201_18680 45 119 46,5 84 42 O 4,5 8 94 109 119,6 44 68 18,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD1630-2ME10-0, KD2230-2ME10-0, 3KD2630-2ME10-0 Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 18 I201_18692 45 46,5 84 42 O 4,5 112 127 137,6 8 44 68 18,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD1640-2ME10-0, 3KD2240-2ME10-0, 3KD2640-2ME10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 37 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications 18 28 6 45 35,3 46,5 84 119 42 I202_30399 O 4,5 1,5 6 6,5 44 62 68 148 163 173,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, box terminal, 3KD1660-2ME20-0, 3KD2260-2ME20-0, 3KD2660-2ME20-0 Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 28 29 18 I202_30365 15,3 1,5 6 45 35,3 11 46,5 84 119 42 O 4,5 6,5 44 62 68 103,3 118,3 128,9 2 16,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD1634-2ME10-0, 3KD2234-2ME10-0, 3KD2634-2ME10-0 38 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) 28 29 18 I202_30383 15,3 1,5 6 45 35,3 11 46,5 84 119 42 O 4,5 6,5 44 62 68 121,3 136,3 146,9 2 16,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD1644-2ME10-0, 3KD2244-2ME10-0, 3KD2644-2ME10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 39 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right 18 29 28 42 O 4,5 6,5 1,5 6 15,3 44 103,3 62 118,3 68 128,9 2 16,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD1634-2ME40-0, 3KD2234-2ME40-0, 3KD2634-2ME40-0 40 Siemens * 10/2015 84 119 46,5 pYWYZWZ]^ 45 35,3 11 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) 18 29 28 42 O 4,5 6,5 46,5 84 119 45 35,3 11 1,5 6 15,3 44 62 68 121,3 136,3 146,9 I202_30385 2 16,4 9,6 Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD1644-2ME40-0, 3KD2244-2ME40-0, 3KD2644-2ME40-0 Siemens * 10/2015 41 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) Accessories Direct operating mechanisms 57 42 78 87 60 42 Extension shaft 28 Extension shaft 27 70 Size 1, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9101-1, 3KD9101-2 I201_18754 I201_18746 25 25 79 Size 1, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, flat version (suitable for distribution boards), 3KD9101-0, 3KD9101-8 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 83 75 75 71 I202_30494 Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription 0-I, 8UD1171-2AD11, 8UD1171-2AD15 83 75 75 71 I202_30496 Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1171-2AF21, 8UD1171-2AF25 42 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 1 (continued) 83 75 83 75 71 75 75 71 I202_30492 I202_30490 Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1 8UD1771-2AD01, 8UD1771-2AD05, 8UD1771-2CD01, 8UD1771-2CD05 Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1 8UD1771-2AF01, 8UD1771-2AF05, 8UD1171-2CF01, 8UD1171-2CF05 3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 64,8 I202_23906 75 75 73,5 Size 1, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver 3KD9115-1, 3KD9115-2 64,8 I202_23926 75 75 73,5 Size 1, accessories: Handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9115-3, 3KD9115-4 Siemens * 10/2015 43 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left. 28.75 27 O9 3 20 R 58 45 226 200 130 168 104 84 3 46.5 42 O 4.5 8 121 136 146.6 I201_18660 44 62 97 Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3032-0NE10-0, 3KD3232-0NE10-0, 3KD3432-0NE10-0, 3KD3632-0NE10-0 27 R 58 I201_18665 45 126 84 46.5 42 O 4.5 8 44 121 136 146.6 97 15.8 13.4 Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD2832-2NE10-0, 3KD3032-2NE10-0, 3KD3232-2NE10-0, 3KD3432-2NE10-0 44 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) 28.75 27 3 20 O 9 45 3 R 58 46.5 84 104 130 168 200 226 42 O 4.5 44 62 I201_18666 8 148 163 173.6 97 Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2842-0NE10-0, 3KD3042-0NE10-0, 3KD3242-0NE10-0, 3KD3442-0NE10-0, 3KD3642-0NE10-0 27 44 97 I201_18671 45 126 8 148 163 173.6 13.4 15.8 R58 46.5 84 42 O 4.5 Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD2842-2NE10-0, 3KD3042-2NE10-0, 3KD3242-2NE10-0, 3KD3442-2NE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 45 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) Basic units without handle Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 28,75 27 3 20 O 9 45 226 200 130 168 104 84 3 46,5 42 O 4,5 44 62 68 I201_18672 8 121 136 146,6 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2830-0NE10-0, 3KD3030-0NE10-0, 3KD3230-0NE10-0, 3KD3430-0NE10-0, 3KD3630-0NE10-0 Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 27 I201_18682 45 126 46,5 84 42 O 4,5 121 136 146,6 8 44 68 15,8 13,4 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD2830-2NE10-0, 3KD3030-2NE10-0, 3KD3230-2NE10-0, 3KD3430-2NE10-0 46 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) 28,75 27 Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 3 O9 20 3 45 46,5 84 104 130 168 200 226 42 O 4,5 148 163 173,6 8 44 62 68 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2840-0NE10-0, 3KD3040-0NE10-0, 3KD3240-0NE10-0, 3KD3440-0NE10-0, 3KD3640-0NE10-0 Installation depth 20-50 of extension shaft 27 8 148 163 173,6 44 68 I201_18694 45 126 46,5 84 42 O 4,5 15,8 13,4 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD2840-2NE10-0, 3KD3040-2NE10-0, 3KD3240-2NE10-0, 3KD3440-2NE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 47 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications 3 27 28 45 46,5 84 104 130 35,3 42 O 4,5 I202_30391 1,5 6 6 6,5 44 62 68 202 217 227,6 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2860-0NE20-0, 3KD3060-0NE20-0, 3KD3260-0NE20-0, 3KD3460-0NE20-0 18 28 6 6 148 163 173,6 1,5 45 35,3 46,5 84 119 42 I202_30399 O 4,5 6,5 44 62 68 Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, box terminal, 3KD2860-2NE20-0, 3KD3060-2NE20-0, 3KD3260-2NE20-0, 3KD3460-2NE20-0 48 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 20 9 2,5 26,25 3 27 28 45 35,3 11 46,5 84 104 130 42 4,5 I202_30355 15,3 6 29 130,3 145,3 155,9 6,5 44 62 68 1,5 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2834-0NE10-0, 3KD3034-0NE10-0, 3KD3234-0NE10-0, 3KD3434-0NE10-0, 3KD3634-0NE10-0 28 29 27 I202_30369 15,3 1,5 6 130,3 145,3 155,9 45 35,3 11 46,5 84 126 42 O 4,5 6,5 44 62 68 2,5 13,3 13,4 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD2834-2NE10-0, 3KD3034-2NE10-0, 3KD3234-2NE10-0, 3KD3434-2NE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 49 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) 20 O9 26,25 2,5 3 27 28 O 4,5 42 I202_30373 15,3 6 45 35,3 46,5 84 104 130 11 29 1,5 157,3 172,3 182,9 6,5 44 62 68 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2844-0NE10-0, 3KD3044-0NE10-0, 3KD3244-0NE10-0, 3KD3444-0NE10-0, 3KD3644-0NE10-0 28 29 27 O 4,5 15,3 1,5 6 157,3 172,3 182,9 45 35,3 46,5 84 126 I202_30387 42 11 6,5 44 62 68 2,5 13,3 13,4 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD2844-2NE10-0, 3KD3044-2NE10-0, 3KD3244-2NE10-0, 3KD3444-2NE10-0 50 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right 20 27 26,25 2,5 3 O9 O 4,5 I202_30357 28 6 15,3 45 35,3 46,5 84 104 130 42 11 29 130,3 145,3 155,9 1,5 6,5 44 62 68 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2834-0NE40-0, 3KD3034-0NE40-0, 3KD3234-0NE40-0, 3KD3434-0NE40-0, 3KD3634-0NE40-0 29 27 28 O 4,5 6,5 46,5 84 126 45 35,3 42 11 1,5 6 15,3 44 62 68 130,3 145,3 155,9 2,5 13,3 13,4 I202_30371 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD2834-2NE40-0, 3KD3034-2NE40-0, 3KD3234-2NE40-0, 3KD3434-2NE40-0 Siemens * 10/2015 51 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) 20 27 26,25 2,5 3 O9 O 4,5 I202_30375 28 6 15,3 45 35,3 46,5 84 104 130 42 11 29 157,3 172,3 182,9 1,5 6,5 44 62 68 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD2844-0NE40-0, 3KD3044-0NE40-0, 3KD3244-0NE40-0, 3KD3444-0NE40-0, 3KD3644-0NE40-0 29 27 28 O 4,5 6,5 46,5 84 126 45 35,3 42 11 1,5 6 15,3 44 62 68 157,3 172,3 182,9 2,5 13,3 13,4 I202_30389 Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD2844-2NE40-0, 3KD3044-2NE40-0, 3KD3244-2NE40-0, 3KD3444-2NE40-0 52 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) Accessories Direct operating mechanisms 73 55 28 89 25 I201_18708 89 Size 2, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9201-1, 3KD9201-2 I201_18710 28 25 97 97 73 55 Size 2, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, flat version (suitable for distribution boards), 3KD9201-0, 3KD9201-8 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 83 75 75 71 I202_30494 Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription 0-I, 8UD1171-2AD11, 8UD1171-2AD15 83 75 75 71 I202_30496 Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1171-2AF21, 8UD1171-2AF25 Siemens * 10/2015 53 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) 83 75 83 75 71 75 75 71 I202_30492 I202_30490 Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1 8UD1771-2AD01, 8UD1771-2AD05, 8UD1771-2CD01, 8UD1771-2CD05 Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1 8UD1771-2AF01, 8UD1771-2AF05, 8UD1171-2CF01, 8UD1171-2CF05 3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 83 75 75 71 I202_30496 Size 2, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver 3KD9115-1, 3KD9115-2 75 65 56 13 I201_18756 75 36 Size 2, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9115-3, 3KD9115-4 54 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 2 (continued) I201_18727 78 I201_18725 71 226 200 168 240 Other accessories 48 81 194 Size 2, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version, 3KD9204-6, 3KD9204-8 I201_18728 55 Size 2, accessories, phase barriers 3KD9108-6, 3KD9108-8 52 81 52 Size 2, accessories: Cable connection covers, short version, 3KD9204-7, 3KD9204-5 Siemens * 10/2015 55 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating mechanisms that are mounted on the front and the left. 30 40 O11 Dimension 4 44 Auxiliary switch type 4 A 65 100 110 131 164 47 O4,2 A B C 3SB3400-0B, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0D, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0C, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0E, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0A, 139 45 32,3 Auxiliary switches see table R92,8 6 I201_18661 C B 85,5 130,5 167 190 200 208 Size 3, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3632-0PE10-0, 3KD3832-0PE10-0, 3KD4032-0PE10-0, 3KD4232-0PE10-0 30 40 O11 Dimension 4 44 O4,2 4 A 65 100 110 131 164 47 Auxiliary switch type R92,8 6 A B C 3SB3400-0B, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0D, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0C, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0E, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0A, 139 45 32,3 I201_18667 Auxiliary switches see table 211 234 244 252 C B 85,5 130,5 Size 3, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3642-0PE10-0, 3KD3842-0PE10-0, 3KD4042-0PE10-0, 3KD4242-0PE10-0 56 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) Basic units without handle Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 44 30 O11 Dimension 4 40 Auxiliary switch type 4 A 65 100 110 131 164 47 O4,2 B C 3SB3400-0B, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0D, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0C, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0E, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0A, 139 45 32,3 I201_18674 6 0 47-10 Auxiliary switches see table A C 167 190 200 208 Installation depth of extension shaft B 85,5 93,5 Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3630-0PE10-0, 3KD3830-0PE10-0, 3KD4030-0PE10-0, 3KD4230-0PE10-0 30 O11 40 4 44 Dimension O4,2 4 A 65 100 110 131 164 47 Auxiliary switch type A B C 3SB3400-0B, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0D, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0C, 126 37 36,3 3SB3400-0E, 139 45 32,3 3SB3400-0A, 139 45 32,3 6 Auxiliary switches see table 167 I201_18686 C B 85,5 130,5 Installation depth 0 of extension shaft 47-10 190 200 208 Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3640-0PE10-0, 3KD3840-0PE10-0, 3KD4040-0PE10-0, 3KD4240-0PE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 57 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications 30 6 44 4 36 4 11 44 164 131 110 100 65 47 I202_30393 4,2 7 7 85,5 93,5 299 322 332 340 Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3660-0PE20-0, 3KD3860-0PE20-0, 3KD4060-0PE20-0, 3KD4260-0PE20-0 Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 30 11 6 36 4 4 44 44 164 110 131 100 65 47 25 8,5 I202_30359 4,2 7 7 85,5 190 95 200 208 Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3634-0PE10-0, 3KD3834-0PE10-0, 3KD4034-0PE10-0, 3KD4234-0PE10-0 58 Siemens * 10/2015 39,5 167 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) 30 O 11 6 36 4 4 44 44 8,5 164 110 131 65 100 47 25 I202_30377 O 4,2 7 7 39,5 211 85,5 234 95 244 252 Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3644-0PE10-0, 3KD3844-0PE10-0, 3KD4044-0PE10-0, 3KD4244-0PE10-0 Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right 40 O14 60 3 8 38,5 8 60 235 187 161 145 93 I202_23527 106,5 67,5 O 6,6 11 43 101,5 111,5 228 260 276 288 Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3634-0PE40-0, 3KD3834-0PE40-0, 3KD4034-0PE40-0, 3KD4234-0PE40-0 Siemens * 10/2015 59 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) 40 O14 60 3 8 38,5 8 60 235 187 161 145 93 I202_23548 106,5 67,5 O 6,6 11 43 101,5 111,5 288 320 336 348 Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4444-0RE40-0, 3KD4644-0QE40-0, 3KD4844-0QE40-0 60 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) Accessories 116 89,25 Extension shaft 44 36 41,5 I201_18747 100 87 47 130,5 Size 3, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9301-1, 3KD9301-2 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors, size 3, are available only with the inscription TEST-0-1 150 91,4 I201_19445 100 100 Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1141-2AF21, 8UD1141-2AF25 150 150 91,4 100 91,4 Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1 8UD1841-2AD01, 8UD1841-2AD05, 8UD1841-2CD01, 8UD1841-2CD05 I201_19449 I201_19448 100 100 100 Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1 8UD1841-2AF01, 8UD1841-2AF05, 8UD1841-2CF01, 8UD1841-2CF05 Siemens * 10/2015 61 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 3 (continued) 3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 100 86,8 100 I202_23910 156 Size 3, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver 3KD9315-1, 3KD9315-2 100 86,8 100 I202_23930 156 Size 3, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9315-3, 3KD9315-4 I201_18775 106,5 253 313 Other accessories 68 Size 3, accessories, phase barriers 3KD9308-6, 3KD9308-8 62 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions I201_18781 I201_18778 108,5 59 317 218 Size 3 (continued) 132 132 81 81 Size 3, accessories: Cable connection covers, standard version, 3KD9304-6, 3KD9304-8 Size 3, accessories: Cable connection covers, short version, 3KD9304-7, 3KD9304-5 Siemens * 10/2015 63 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left. 40 O14 8 38,5 8 3 60 60 R145,5 I202_23522 93 145 161 187 235 67,5 O 6,6 101,5 166,5 228 260 276 288 Size 4, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4432-0QE10-0, 3KD4632-0QE10-0, 3KD4832-0QE10-0 40 46,5 O14 4 60 Dimension O6,6 A 93 145 161 187 235 Auxiliary switch type 4 R140 288 320 329 351 B C 3SB3400-0B, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0D, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0C, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0E, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0A, 184 45 45,15 I201_18668 8 Auxiliary switches see table A C B 101,5 166,5 Size 4, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4442-0QE10-0, 3KD4642-0QE10-0, 3KD4842-0QE10-0 64 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) Basic units without handle Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 40 O14 46,5 Dimension 4 60 Auxiliary switch type 4 A 93 145 161 187 235 67,5 O6,6 A B C 3SB3400-0B, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0D, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0C, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0E, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0A, 184 45 45,15 I201_18676 8 C 228 260 279 291 Auxiliary switches see table B Installation depth 0 of extension shaft 60-10 101,5 110 Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4430-0QE10-0, 3KD4630-0QE10-0, 3KD4830-0QE10-0 40 46,5 O14 4 60 Dimension O6,6 4 A 93 145 161 187 235 67,5 Auxiliary switch type A B C 3SB3400-0B, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0D, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0C, 171 37 49,15 3SB3400-0E, 184 45 45,15 3SB3400-0A, 184 45 45,15 I201_18688 8 Auxiliary switches see table C B 101,5 110 Installation depth 0 of extension shaft 60-10 288 320 339 351 Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4440-0QE10-0, 3KD4640-0QE10-0, 3KD4840-0QE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 65 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications 40 3 14 60 8 38,5 8 60 235 187 161 145 93 67,5 I202_30395 6,6 10 10 101,5 110 408 440 456 468 Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications, flat terminal, 3KD4460-0QE20-0, 3KD4660-0QE20-0, 3KD4860-0QE20-0 66 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 40 O 14 8 38,5 8 3 60 60 93 145 161 187 235 67,5 38,5 11 I202_30361 O 6,6 10 43 10 101,5 111,5 228 260 276 288 Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4434-0QE10-0, 3KD4634-0QE10-0, 3KD4834-0QE10-0 40 O 14 8 38,5 8 3 60 60 I202_30379 93 145 161 187 235 67,5 38,5 11 O 6,6 10 10 288 320 336 348 43 101,5 111,5 Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4444-0QE10-0, 3KD4644-0QE10-0, 3KD4844-0QE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 67 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right 40 O14 60 3 8 38,5 8 60 235 187 161 145 93 I202_23527 106,5 67,5 O 6,6 11 43 101,5 111,5 228 260 276 288 Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4434-0QE40-0, 3KD4634-0QE40-0, 3KD4834-0QE40-0 40 O14 60 3 8 38,5 8 60 235 187 161 145 93 I202_23548 106,5 67,5 O 6,6 11 43 101,5 111,5 288 320 336 348 Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD4444-0QE40-0, 3KD4644-0QE40-0, 3KD4844-0QE40-0 68 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) Accessories Direct operating mechanisms 171,5 1400,32 Extension shaft 166,5 60 55 I201_18748 128 145 67,5 46 Size 4, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9401-1, 3KD9401-2 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors, size 4, available only with inscription TEST-0-1 190 91,4 I201_19446 100 100 Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1151-3AF21, 8UD1151-3AF25 190 100 I201_19450 100 91,4 Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1 8UD1851-3AD01, 8UD1851-3AD05, 8UD1851-3CD01, 8UD1851-3CD05 190 91,4 I201_19451 100 100 Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle with lighting without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1 8UD1851-3AF01, 8UD1851-3AF05, 8UD1851-3CF01, 8UD1851-3CF05 Siemens * 10/2015 69 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 4 (continued) 3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 86,8 100 100 I202_23912 190 Size 4, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver 3KD9415-1, 3KD9415-2 100 86 78 13 100 I201_18758 140 Size 4, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9415-3, 3KD9415-4 I201_18776 122 317 389 Other accessories 75 Size 4, accessories, phase barriers, 3KD9408-6, 3KD9408-8 70 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions I201_18779 128 401 Size 4 (continued) 180 93.5 67.5 I201_18782 280 Size 4, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version, 3KD9404-6, 3KD9404-8 180 93.5 Size 4, accessories, cable connection covers, short version, 3KD9404-7, 3KD9404-5 Siemens * 10/2015 71 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left. O8,4 60 O14 61 Dimension 10 3 90 241 270 310 180 220 A 218 80 Auxiliary switch type A B C 3SB3400-0B, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0D, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0C, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0E, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0A, 219 45 77,5 13 I201_18663 3 Auxiliary switches see table C R200 90 B 140,5 212,5 340 360 366 382 Size 5, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5032-0RE10-0, 3KD5232-0RE10-0, 3KD5432-0RE10-0 90 60 61 O14 Dimension 10 3 O8,4 241 270 310 220 A 180 218 80 Auxiliary switch type 13 B C 3SB3400-0B, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0D, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0C, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0E, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0A, 219 45 77,5 I201_18669 3 90 R200 A C Auxiliary switches see table B 140,5 212,5 430 450 456 472 Size 5, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5042-0RE10-0, 3KD5242-0RE10-0, 3KD5442-0RE10-0 72 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) Basic units without handle Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left O84 60 61 O14 Dimension 10 3 90 241 270 310 180 220 A 218 80 Auxiliary switch type A B C 3SB3400-0B, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0D, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0C, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0E, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0A, 219 45 77,5 13 I201_18678 3 90 C Auxiliary switches see table Installation depth 0 of extension shaft 88-10 B 140,5 152,5 340 360 366 382 Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5030-0RE10-0, 3KD5230-0RE10-0, 3KD5430-0RE10-0 90 60 61 O14 Dimension 10 3 O14 241 270 310 180 218 A 220 80 Auxiliary switch type A B C 3SB3400-0B, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0D, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0C, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0E, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0A, 219 45 77,5 13 I201_18690 3 90 C Auxiliary switches see table 430 450 465 472 B 140,5 152,5 Installation depth 0 of extension shaft 88-10 Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5040-0RE10-0, 3KD5240-0RE10-0, 3KD5440-0RE10-0 Siemens * 10/2015 73 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications 90 90 13 I202_30397 10 220 310 270 218 180 80 3 O 8,2 11 11 140,5 152,5 90 610 630 636 652 Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications, flat terminal, 3KD5060-0RE20-0, 3KD5260-0RE20-0, 3KD5460-0RE20-0 Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left 90 90 60 O14 10 51 3 13 O 8,4 310 270 220 180 218 80 45 10 12.5 I202_30363 11 11 90 340 360 366 382 Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5034-0RE10-0, 3KD5234-0RE10-0, 3KD5434-0RE10-0 74 Siemens * 10/2015 60,5 140,5 154 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) 90 60 90 13 10 51 3 O 14 11 I202_30381 310 270 218 220 180 80 45 10 O 8,4 12,5 60,5 11 140,5 90 430 154 450 456 472 Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5044-0RE10-0, 3KD5244-0RE10-0, 3KD5444-0RE10-0 Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right 28 29 18 I202_30383 15,3 1,5 6 45 35,3 11 46,5 84 119 42 O 4,5 6,5 44 62 68 121,3 136,3 146,9 2 16,4 9,6 Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5034-0RE40-0, 3KD5234-0RE40-0, 3KD5434-0RE40-0 Siemens * 10/2015 75 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) O14 60 90 O8,4 Dimension 10 3 61 3 0 64-10 13 A B C 3SB3400-0B, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0D, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0C, 206 37 81,5 3SB3400-0E, 219 45 77,5 3SB3400-0A, 219 45 77,5 Installation depth of extension shaft 60,5 B A 140,5 154 A 220 310 270 218 180 135 80 Auxiliary switch type 90 430 450 456 472 484,5 Auxiliary switches see table Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD5044-0RE40-0, 3KD5244-0RE40-0, 3KD5444-0RE40-0 76 Siemens * 10/2015 I201_18701 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) Accessories Direct operating mechanisms 247 I201_18749 200 Extension shaft 90 74 180 160 84 80 212,5 Size 5, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9501-1, 3KD9501-2 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms: 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors, size 5, available only with inscription TEST-0-1 250 91,4 I201_19447 100 100 Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1161-4AF21, 8UD1161-4AF25 250 91,4 I201_19452 100 100 Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1 8UD1861-4AD01, 8UD1861-4AD05, 8UD1861-4CD01, 8UD1861-4CD05 250 91,4 I201_19452 100 100 Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle with lighting without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1861-4AF01, 8UD1861-4AF05, 8UD1861-4CF01, 8UD1861-4CF05 Siemens * 10/2015 77 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensions Size 5 (continued) 3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 86,8 100 100 I202_23914 250 Size 5, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver 3KD9515-1, 3KD9515-2 100 86 78 15 100 I201_18759 200 Size 5, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9515-3, 3KD9515-4 96 Size 5, accessories, phase barriers, 3KD9508-6, 3KD9508-8 78 Siemens * 10/2015 I201_18780 135 I201_18777 135 450 450 Other accessories 270 117,5 Size 5, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version, 3KD9504-6, 3KD9504-8 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A Typical circuit diagrams Circuit diagrams N N 1 3 5 2 4 6 N N 2 4 6 N N N N N N N N 1 3 5 2 4 6 N N 2 4 6 AC applications, 4-pole I201_18789 AC applications, 3-pole Note: The 4th contact element is an optional accessory 1 3 5 I201_18790 1 3 5 I201_18788 AC applications Options for additional poles DC applications 2 P 3 1 N 2 LOAD 1 N 3 I201_18791 P LOAD DC applications, 2 series-connected switching poles - max. 220 V DC P N P N P N LOAD 3 1 LOAD 2 3 1 2 3 I201_18792 2 LOAD 1 DC applications, 3 series-connected switching poles - max. 440 V DC Siemens * 10/2015 79 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Introduction Overview 1 2 3 NSE0_01931d 9 4 5 6 7 2 8 1 2 3 4 5 Auxiliary switch (3SB for 3KA; 3KX for 3KE) 8 8UC9 handle for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or IP20 terminal cover (Operator side) 3K switch disconnector 9 4th pole (optional, only for 3KA) EMERGENCY-STOP version (red). Arcing contacts (only for 3KE) Extension shaft 6 Coupling driver 7 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow). All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with non-interchangeability features. For the 3KA switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation in the side and rear panels of control cabinets. A switch coupling permits simultaneous switching of two 3KE switch disconnectors with identical or different rated operational currents. A changeover operating mechanism is available for the use of two switch disconnectors of the 3KE series as load changeover switches. Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for 3KL and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping. Application 3KA and 3KE switch disconnectors are used as main control, EMERGENCY-STOP, maintenance and transfer switches in distribution boards for residential and non-residential buildings as well as industrial switchgear. As three and four-pole versions, they ensure making and breaking of the specified rated current under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits. 80 Siemens * 10/2015 All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660 Part 107. Switch disconnectors in the type-tested 8HP moldedplastic distribution board enclosure (IP65 degree of protection) are available for use as safety switches. For additional data, see catalog LV 10, chapters "Distribution boards" and "iPo installation terminals". (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 3KA50 3KA51 3KA521) 3KA531) 3KA551) 3KA571) 3KA581) A 63 80 125 160 250 400 6303) Type Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 63 80 125 160 250 400 6303) Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 50/60 Hz AC V 690 DC V V V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected) 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 110 (1 conducting path) Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm with upstream fuses4) At 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC, peak value kA 220 220 220 220 176 176 105 Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses4) At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V, rms value Max. rated current In of fuses Permissible let-through current of the fuses Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA 100 100 100 100 80 80 50 A kA kA2s 63 8 55 80 10 55 160 17 223 160 17 223 400 305) 1000 400 305) 1000 630 405) 2600 Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit breaker At 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC, peak value kA 7 8 8 15 25 25 32 Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses At AC 50 Hz/60 Hz 690 V, peak value kA 7 7 7 9 20 25 35 A 500 650 1000 1280 2000 3200 5040 A kW 63 30 80 40 125 65 160 80 250 132 400 200 6306) 350 A 500 640 1000 1280 2000 3200 3200 A A kW 63 63 40 80 80 50 125 125 90 160 160 110 250 250 185 400 400 280 630 400 280 A 500 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 3200 A A kW 63 63 50 80 63 50 125 125 110 160 160 150 250 250 220 400 400 375 630 400 375 A A 250 63 260 63 500 125 640 160 10008) 2509) 1600 400 1600 400 Rated short-time current Icw (1 s current, rms value) kA 2.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11 15 Permissible ambient temperature C C -25 ... +55 for operation3) -50 ... +80 during storage 15 000 12 000 12 000 12 000 Conventional free air thermal current Ith 2) Rated operational voltage Ue Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom) At 400 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at - AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A At 500 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at - AC-21A, AC-22A - AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A At 690 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at - AC-21A, AC-22A - AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)7) * Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) * Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15 000 Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with busbar and terminal covers) 15 000 15000 Power loss of the switch at Ith W 7 12 22 22 33 72 170 Main conductor connection Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm mm2 25 x 9 35 25 x 9 35 45 x 10 70 45 x 10 120 40 x 12 150 40 x 15 2 x 240 Nm 6 ... 7.5 M6 6 ... 7.5 M6 7 ... 10 M6 18 ... 22 M8 35 ... 45 M10 40 x 12 2 x 150 or 1 x 240 35 ... 45 M10 mm mm2 --- --- --- --- 20 x 2.5 70 20 x 2.5 120 20 x 2.5 120 Tightening torque Terminal screws Protective conductor connection Flat bars Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) 1) Technical specifications for approval on request. 6) AC-23B. 2) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 100 C. 7) 220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC (one conducting path) at DC-23A. 3) With 3KA58 for operation -25 C ... +35 C, 570 A at 55 C. 8) At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms. 4) Only available with fuses 3NA3 8, 3NA3 2 or 3ND1 8, 3ND1 2 (otherwise only 105 kA/50 kA). 9) At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A. 5) 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse. Siemens * 10/2015 35 ... 45 M10 81 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Introduction Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 3KE42 3KE43 3KE44 3KE45 Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 250 400 630 1000 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000 AC, 1200 DC Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 50/60 Hz AC V 690 DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected) V 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value) kA 35 35 60 60 Rated short-circuit making capacity with upstream fuses At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value) kA 105 105 105 84 Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (rms value) A 50 50 50 40 Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 2150 2150 5400 19000 At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value) kA 35 35 60 60 Max. rated current In of fuse A 400 400 630 1000 Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 38 38 60 75 A 1000 1000 2520 2520 - AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000 - AC-22A A 250 330 630 800 - AC-23A A 125 125 315 315 A 1000 1000 2520 2520 - AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000 - AC-22A A 250 330 630 800 - AC-23A A 125 125 315 315 A 1 000 1000 2520 2520 - AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000 - AC-22A A 250 330 630 800 - AC-23A A 125 125 315 315 A 1000 1000 2520 2520 - DC-21A A 250 400 630 1000 - DC-22A A 250 250 630 630 kA 12.5 12.5 21 21 C -25 ... +55 for operation C -50 ... +80 during storage Type Rated operational voltage Ue Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit breaker Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom) At 400 V AC * Breaking current Ic (rms value at p.f. = 0.35) * Rated operational current Ie at at 500 V AC * Breaking current Ic (rms value at p.f. = 0.35) * Rated operational current Ie at At 690 V AC * Breaking current Ic (rms value at p.f. = 0.35) * Rated operational current Ie at 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse. * Breaking current Ic (L/R = 5 ms) * Rated operational current Ie at Rated short-time current Icw (1 s current, rms value) Permissible ambient temperature 10 000 Mechanical endurance, operating cycles IP00 Degree of protection W 15 33 78 180 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) mm 25 x 10 25 x 10 2 x 40 x 10 2 x 40 x 10 Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 2 x 150 2 x 150, 1 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240 Power loss of the switch at Ith Main conductor connections 82 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Floor mounting Dimensional drawings 3KA50, 63 A, 3KA51, 80 A, 3-pole 3KA50 and 3KA51: Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to 3KA52 With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism WWZW] 90 23 M 6x20 2 150 3KA50, 3KA51 NSE0_00291 R2 6-0,1 3KA52, 125 A 3KA53, 160 A 3KA50, 3KA51, 4-pole Without shaft, without operating mechanism 15 85 55 63 91 g c 25 i a Shaft (profile) Max. 380 Engaged length: Min. 175 min. 70 mm 175 ... 380 max. 150 mm Shaft length 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC71 175-80; shaft from 8UC71 short a-80 3KA52, 125 A 3KA53, 160 A 3KA50, 3KA51, 4-pole With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 60 42 - 50 8 e 90 185 d 143 5 uzlWWWZW_ l 38 1,5...4 110 125 h 100 35 uzlWWWZW 4,5 6,6 25 22,5 32,5 120 NSE0_00305a 90 105 30 3KA50, 63 A, 3KA51, 80 A, 3-pole 3KA50 and 3KA51: Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to 3KA52 Without shaft, without operating mechanism 80 43,5 4,5 15 66 75 O4,5 65 3KA52, 3KA53 a Shaft (profile) Max. 350 R2 Engaged length: Min. 165 min. 70 mm max. 150 mm 165 ... 350 Shaft length NSE0_00281 8-0,1 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC72 165-50; shaft from 8UC72 short a-50 4th pole 3KX3523-0AA For 3KA53, 3KA52 46 N N h n NSE0_00279c 16,5 Type c h n Type c d e g h i l 3KA52 3KA53 15 20 91 105 106 125 3KA52 3KA53 15 20 M6 x 20 M8 x 25 37 39 42 39.5 91 105 3 3.5 6.6 10 9 12 4th pole 15 91 106 4th pole 15 M6 x 20 -- 48 3 6.6 10 91 n c l 30 215 3KA55, 250 A, 3KA57, 400 A Without shaft, without operating mechanism a 107 65 86 25 11 26,5 3KA55, 250 A, 3KA57, 400 A, 3KA58, 630 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism b 140 NSE0_00313 63 - 65 10 16 130 135 160 41 c 3 1,5...4 88 100 O5,5 88 O11 20 17 100 240 7 NSE0_00312a a 132 207 3KA55, 3KA57, 3KA58 Shaft (profile) R2 Engaged length: min. 170 mm 10-0,1 max. 205 mm NSE0_00283 a Shaft length Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73 Min. 230 230-35; shaft from 8UC73 short 230 ... 335 a-35 Siemens * 10/2015 83 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Floor mounting 3KA58, 630 A Without shaft, without operating mechanism 107 26,5 a 65 30 86 3KA58 4th pole 3KX3553-0AA For 3KA55, 3KA57, 3KA58 55,5 NSE0_00285b b 11 c Type a b c 3KA55, 3KA57 3KA58 40 4 M10 x 30 38 6 M10 x 35 4th pole 80 4 M10 x 30 c 25 53 293 128 207 3KE4 Rear rotary operating mechanism without handle m1 Keep this space free b (arc exit) d y 63,5 t Keep this space free (arc exit) z NSE0_00318a 3KE4 FRONT OPERATING MECHANISM with handle b 187 d p n 133 h g 32 8 14,5 7 x 34,5 90 14,5 z 7 130 150 20 17 100 240 NSE0_00314a 180 16 100 135 160 41 N N 3 c 11 40 19 v 5 12 254 e 46,5 m 92 o p1 32 90 7 l l 24 22,5 12 w1 20 12 4,5 128 152 k f 3KX2 210-0H c 152 k f w 128 t x y 7 NSE0_00319b 195 5 h1 Caution! Must not be used as a drive. n1 e 3KX2210-0H Coupling socket 68 97 111 g 29 12 8 NSE0_00320 s 100 u 209 Type b c d e f g h h1 k l m m1 n n1 o p p1 s t u v w w1 x y z 3KE42 155 170 140 25 200 40 60 92 175 M10 x 30 194 194 129 121 4 150 182 15 -- 105 140 170 172 M10 x 18 50 50 3KE43 155 170 140 25 200 47 60 92 175 M10 x 30 194 194 129 121 4 150 182 15 -- 105 140 170 172 M10 x 18 3KE44 170 192 155 40 278 55 65 97 238 M12 x 35 209 208 144 136 5 161 193 23 3.5 121 200 172 172 M10 x 18 -- -- 3KE45 170 192 155 40 290 65 68 100 250 M12 x 50 209 208 144 136 8 161 193 23 3.5 121 200 172 172 M12 x 25 -- -- 50 50 3KE4. 30-0EA With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism NSE0_00321 88 100 Type 84 63 to 65 q Siemens * 10/2015 1,5...4 r 88 5,5 r Shaft length q 3KE42, 3KE43 Max. 433 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73 Min. 200 67; shortened shaft from 8UC73 200 ... 433 r - 133 140 140 140 3KE44, 3KE45 Max. 433 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC74 Min. 210 77; shortened shaft from 8UC74 210 ... 433 r - 133 140 140 140 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A Floor mounting 3KX2210 changeover operating mechanism 212 e 3KX2250-1A operating linkage 12 12 72 40 44 209 248,5 25 f 212 c a b 7 152 122 90 57 58 d NSE0_00322 NSE0_00323 Version For type b c d e f q Breakbeforemake 3KE42, 3KE43 352 3KE44 367 3KE45 367 a 140 155 155 427 442 442 92.5 92.5 92.5 115 115 115 45 45 55 200 200 200 Without 3KE42, 3KE43 352 interruption 3KE44 367 3KE45 367 140 155 155 417 432 432 74.5 74.5 74.5 97 97 97 35 35 35 200 200 200 Circuit diagrams 13 11 23 21 2 4 6 14 12 24 22 Internal circuit diagram for 3KE 1 3 5 17 25 2 4 6 18 26 NSE0_00186 1 3 5 NSE0_00185 Internal circuit diagram for 3KA (for 3KA50 and 3KA51, only one auxiliary switch possible; 4th pole possible as main contact) Internal circuit diagram for 3KA and 3KE (Auxiliary switch not included in scope) Use for DC voltage at DC-23A 440 V) NSE0_01528 P 1 Circuit diagram for changeover switch with break-before-make feature N 3 L1 5 I NSE0_00188 L2 L3 L1 L2 II 2 4 L3 6 I 0 II Siemens * 10/2015 85 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Overview 3 4 5 2 9 6 7 10 11 1 8 12 13 I202_02420a 14 15 17 18 19 20 16 23 22 21 24 27 26 25 1 Switch disconnector 10 Undervoltage release 19 Lateral rotary operating mechanism (right) 2 Circular conductor terminal 3 Front connection 11 Adapter to install on 35 mm DIN rail 12 Locking device type lever 20 Lateral rotary operating mechanism (left) 21 Non lockable knob 4 Rear connection 5 Auxiliary conductor terminal 6 Front connecting bus with increased 13 Signal switch 14 Auxiliary switch 22 Coupling driver 23 Telescopic extension shaft 24 Lockable knob pole spacing 7 Insulating barriers 8 Lateral rotary operating mechanism 9 Shunt release 86 Siemens * 10/2015 15 Mechanical parallel switching 16 Mechanical interlocking 17 Front rotary operating mechanism 25 Lockable knob 26 Coupling driver 18 Front rotary operating mechanism 27 Extension shaft (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A General data Application 3VT switch disconnectors can be used as main control switches for sub-distribution boards, repair and transfer switches for cables, busbars or unit combinations. As three and four-pole versions, they ensure making and breaking of the specified rated current under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits. The position of the operating toggle lever always matches that of the contacts (positive operation). All 3VT switch disconnectors meet the requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3. Technical specifications Standards A IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 160 250 630 1000 1600 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 3 Number of poles Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 Utilization category * 690 V AC AC-23A AC-23B * 440 V DC DC-22A DC-23B Rated operational voltage Ue * 50/60 Hz AC V * DC 690 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected) Rated short-time withstand current Icw kArms 2/1s Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 3/5s 7.5/5s 15/1s 20/1s * At 415 V AC kA * At 440 V DC kA 2.8 4 14 30 40 2.8 4 14 30 40 * Mechanical * Electrical at 415 V AC Operating cycles 20,000 30,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 Operating cycles 6,000 3,000 5,000 4,000 Switching frequency Switching cycles/h 120 4,000 120 120 120 Power loss per pole W 120 18 75 100 120 Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm Endurance 15 Siemens * 10/2015 87 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Dimensional drawings 3-pole, fixed-mounted versions 98 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection O 6.4 68.5 2 20 1.5 38 111 93 100 118 130 ON OFF 100 2 13 14 45 7 18 12 25 20 25 4xO4 15 4.6 NSO0_00018 R5 40.5 63 TEST 25 25 70 80 75 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9100-4TF30) 25 25 25 100 111 154 186 202 220 136 168 ON OFF NSO0_00020 TEST 2 x O 16.2 75 31 88 Siemens * 10/2015 20 68.5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4ED30 O 10.5 22 4 25 100 100 111 130 183 ON OFF TEST 4xO4 15 NSO0_00026 75 25 10 36.5 25 20 20 25 37.5 37.5 25 3 25 87 15 25 25 O 42 O 13.2 25 5.5 Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4RC30 25 100 111 100 130 ON OFF TEST 35 9.5 75 70 2xO4 2 NSO0_00023 80 12 O 6.4 Siemens * 10/2015 89 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism 1 NSO0_00029 75 2 3VT1 2 3VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0 3 3VT9100-3HE.0, 3HF.0 22.5 22.5 3 1 90 63 TEST 98 45 27.5 29 Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle 1 NSO0_00031 75 1 3VT1 6 2 45 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 5 3 22,5 4 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 6 Outside surface of 22,5 45 2 3VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0 cabinet door 90 63 TEST 98 45 27,5 124 ... 448 (-3HJ10) 297 ... 450 (-3HJ20) Dimensions of door cutout min.50 7 32 o3 o6 32 2 6 9 NSO0_00035a Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism - right 0 5 1 3VT1 2 3VT9100-3HD10 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 45 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 45 6 Outside surface of cabinet door 63 TEST 3 4 1 26.6 45.5 ... 369.5 (3HJ10) 218.5 ... 371.5 (3HJ20) 90 Siemens * 10/2015 50 114.5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism - left 6 NSO0_00036 75 2 1 3VT1 2 3VT9100-3HC10 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 5 45 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 6 Outside surface of 45 cabinet door 63 TEST 3 4 90 1 49.9 114.5 46.6 65.5 ... 389.5 (3HJ10) 238.5 ... 391.5 (3HJ20) Dimensions of door cutout 32 o3 7 o6 32 Fixed-mounted version, mounting on standard mounting rail, width 35 mm 67 86 45 130 ON OFF 40.5 NSO0_00043 2.7 TEST 2 72 82 130 130 Fixed-mounted version and lateral motorized operating mechanism 150 150 NSO0_00555 NSO0_00555 Siemens * 10/2015 91 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A 4-pole, fixed-mounted version 98 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection 68.5 2 20 18 12 O 6.4 38 111 93 100 118 130 ON OFF 100 2 13 14 45 7 1.5 25 25 100 20 25 M3 15 4.6 NSO0_00014 R5 40.5 63 TEST 50 25 70 80 25 25 3 25 87 25 25 15 25 25 O 42 O 13.2 25 5.5 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4FT40 100 111 100 ON OFF TEST 35 2 70 9.5 100 M3 NSO0_00016 80 12 O 6.4 25 25 o1 42 25 5 25 25 87 111 130 100 111 100 35 M 92 Siemens * 10/2015 3 NSO0_00559 2 70 100 NSO0_00557 .4 o6 12 80 9.5 130 25 3 25 o13.2 25 5.5 Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4RC00 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism 1 100 NSO0_00028 75 2 3VT1 2 3VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0 3 3VT9100-3HE.0, 3HF.0 22,5 22,5 3 1 90 63 TEST 98 45 52,5 29 Fixed-mounted version, front operating mechanism with adjustable handle 1 NSO0_00525 100 1 3VT1 6 3 22.5 45 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 5 4 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 6 Outside surface of cabinet door 45 52.5 90 63 22.5 45 2 3VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0 2 98 124 ... 448 (-3HJ10) 297 ... 450 (-3HJ20) Dimensions of door cutout min.50 7 32 o3 o6 32 NSO0_00553 Siemens * 10/2015 93 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism - right 100 1 3VT1 2 6 2 3VT9100-3HD10 90 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 5 45 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 45 6 Outside surface of cabinet door 3 NSO0_00032 63 TEST 4 1 62.5 49.9 26.6 45.5 ... 369.5 (3HJ10) 218.5 ... 371.5 (3HJ20) 114.5 Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism - left 6 NSO0_00033a 100 2 5 1 3VT1 2 3VT9100-3HC10 3 3VT9100-3HJ.0 45 4 3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0 5 3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0 6 Outside surface of 45 cabinet door 63 TEST 3 4 90 1 49.9 114.5 37.5 46.6 65.5 ... 389.5 (3HJ10) 238.5 ... 391.5 (3HJ20) Dimensions of door cutout 7 32 o3 o6 32 NSO0_00554 Fixed-mounted version, mounting on standard mounting rail, width 35 mm 67 86 45 130 ON OFF 40.5 NSO0_00038 2.7 TEST 2 72 82 94 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A Arrangement of switch disconnectors with mechanical interlock 3VT9100-8LA00 NSO0_00039 TEST 148.2 Arrangement of switch disconnectors with mechanical interlock for parallel switching 3VT9100-8LA00 NSO0_00041 T 148.2 130 Fixed-mounted version and lateral motorized operating mechanism NSO0_00044 TEST 175 Siemens * 10/2015 95 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Dimensional drawings 3-pole, fixed-mounted versions Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection 35 103 2 25 18 35 48 4 100 ... < AC 415 V 150 ... > AC 415 V 35 Drilling plan 4 x O 5.5 60 29.5 65 154 162 167 193 213 225 OFF 162 26 17 ON 2 R 88 16 26 20 O 8.5 31.5 NSO0_00503 35.5 121 TEST 35 105 117 105 35 5 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9224-4TD30 42 35 25 35 35 223 162 193 225 248 273 335 ON OFF NSO0_00107 TEST 30 O 22 105 96 105 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30 35 40 35 24 25 35 224 261 162 193 225 244 281 301 335 ON OFF NSO0_00109 TEST 25 O 18 105 O 18 105 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9203-4TF30 35 24 58 47 35 24 36 24 35 213 236 259 162 193 223 225 246 269 287 335 ON OFF 11 25 105 NSO0_00113 TEST 6 x O 8.4 105 Siemens * 10/2015 97 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30 35 35 105 46 21 2 8.5 35 7.5 4 Drilling plan 20 35 48 162 193 225 193 65 154 162 ON OFF 4 x O 5.5 R 28 16 16 NSO0_00115 6 O 8.5 36 105 1.5 TEST 35 98 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4ED30 105 50 35 50 35 24 29 35 225 162 273 193 ON OFF 36.5 NSO0_00121 TEST O1 1 12.5 32 98 32 Siemens * 10/2015 4 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4EE30 35 25 35 3 4 29 35 162 193 308 225 360 ON OFF TEST 105 15 25 81.5 32 32 70 NSO0_00123 O 11 70 Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism 1 3 5 1 3VT2 2 3VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0 2 3 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 50 37 1 NSO0_00118a 42.5 133 TEST 6 4 90 2 25 140 50 Siemens * 10/2015 99 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle 1 3 2 NSO0_00126a 1 5 70 1 3VT2 5 2 3VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0 4 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 3 37 4 3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0 5 3VT9300-3HJ.0 70 6 Outside surface of 50 cabinet door 133 TEST 2 4 6 90 6 140 180 ... 495 (-3HJ10) 375 ... 540 (-3HJ20) 25 Cabinet cutout min. 145 27,5 4 x O 6,5 NSO0_00128 0 55 O5 55 Hinge of cabinet door Fixed-mounted version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0 Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle 7.9 MANUAL AUTO 195 27 O 4,3 max. NSO0_00129 82 138 TEST 247 100 Siemens * 10/2015 14 R m ax 1 R 48 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A 3-pole, plug-in technology Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9200-4PA30 Drilling plan 25 18 L R 4 x O 5.5 O 4+8 mm 6 16 26 20 35 O 8.5 35 35 31.5 NSO0_00132 31.5 35 4 x O 5.5 20 26 75 4 75 2 227 5 140 3 290 1 4 145 35 140 162 193 227 232 258 278 35 35 35 105 105 Plug-in base assembly kit, with terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB30 3 11 12 105 5 13 14 400 1 L R O 4+6 mm 4 6 NSO0_00136 2 105 35 70 103 Siemens * 10/2015 101 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Plug-in design 290 ON OFF NSO0_00520 TEST 105 105 140 157 182 Plug-in design 98 2 105 4 98 21 21 46 2 7.5 Drilling plan 8.5 52 20 227 258 140 258 258 290 ON OFF TEST 102 Siemens * 10/2015 35 35 28 31.5 NSO0_00139 R 6 45 28 16 16 36 105 4 x O 5.5 75 O 8.5 1.5 4 x O 5.5 35 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Plug-in design, rotary operating mechanism NSO0_00142 TEST 175 225 Plug-in design, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0 MANUAL AUTO O 4,3 max. NSO0_00143 TEST 282 31 Siemens * 10/2015 103 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Dimensional drawings 3-pole, withdrawable version Withdrawable version 3VT9200-4WA30 Drilling plan 35 25 18 35 4 1 3 145 4 x O 5.5 5 R 140 290 140 162 193 227 232 258 278 L 227 4 x O 5.5 O 4+8 mm 31.5 35 16 26 20 35 O 8.5 105 130 180 105 35 5 L R 140 3 400 1 O 4+8 mm 4 6 NSO0_00151 2 105 179 104 35 105 Withdrawable version, 3VT9200-8CB30 terminal cover Siemens * 10/2015 70 103 140 27.5 31.5 20 26 NSO0_00148 6 75 4 75 2 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version Maintenance position Operating position 30 65 75 65 75 179 290 140 140 ON OFF NSO0_00153 TEST 105 180 105 105 140 157 182 170 187 212 Withdrawable version, rotary operating mechanism Operating position Maintenance position 140 140 75 75 30 NSO0_00156 TEST 175 205 225 255 Siemens * 10/2015 105 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0 75 75 30 MANUAL 140 140 AUTO O 4,3 max. NSO0_00159 TEST 282 312 31 31 Withdrawable version, rear accessible connection (3VT9200-4RC00 connection combination) 98 105 4 21 46 2 7.5 Drilling plan 52 20 140 258 258 ON OFF TEST 45 4 x O 5.5 Siemens * 10/2015 28 NSO0_00166 17 16 37 106 75 O 8.5 35 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection (3VT9200-4RC00 connection combination) Drilling plan 35 103 2 25 18 35 48 4 100 ... < AC 415 V 4 x O 5.5 60 26 17 154 162 167 193 213 225 29.5 65 ON OFF 162 35 150 ... > AC 415 V 35 2 R 88 16 26 20 O 8.5 31.5 70 105 117 140 NSO0_00169 35.5 121 TEST 35 35 5 4-pole, fixed-mounted version Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9224-4TD30 + 3VT9224-4TD00 35 N 35 35 1 3 5 35 162 193 225 248 273 335 ON OFF TEST N 4 2 6 30 NSO0_00521 140 Siemens * 10/2015 107 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30 + 3VT9215-4TF00 35 35 40 35 24 25 35 224 261 162 193 225 244 281 301 335 ON OFF NSO0_00174 TEST 25 O 18 140 O 18 105 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9224-4TF30 + 3VT9224-4TF00) 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 ON 162 193 225 248 294 319 335 162 193 225 248 294 319 335 ON OFF OFF TEST 30 30 140 108 TEST Siemens * 10/2015 140 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9203-4TF30 + 3VT9203-4TF00) 35 35 58 47 35 36 24 35 213 236 259 162 193 223 225 246 269 287 335 ON OFF NSO0_00178 TEST 25 11 6 x O 8.4 105 140 35 35 35 105 46 21 2 8.5 35 7.5 4 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30 + 3VT9215-4TF00) 20 35 48 162 193 225 193 65 154 162 ON OFF 4 x O 5.5 R 28 16 16 NSO0_00180 6 O 8.5 35 36 140 1.5 TEST 133 Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism 1 1 3 5 1 3VT2 2 3VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0 2 3 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 50 37 N NSO0_00183 77.5 133 TEST 4 6 2 90 N 25 140 50 Siemens * 10/2015 109 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle 1 3 NSO0_00185a N 1 3VT2 5 70 2 3VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 37 4 3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0 70 5 3VT9300-3HJ.0 6 Outside surface of 50 cabinet door 133 TEST 2 4 6 6 90 N 140 180 ... 495 (-3HJ10) 375 ... 540 (-3HJ20) 25 Cabinet cutout min. 145 27,5 NSO0_00128 O5 0 55 4 x O 6,5 55 Hinge of cabinet door Fixed-mounted version, 3VT9200-3M..0 motorized operating mechanism Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle 7.9 MANUAL AUTO 195 27 O 4,3 max. NSO0_00187 82 138 TEST 140 110 Siemens * 10/2015 247 14 m R ax 1 R 48 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A 4-pole, plug-in technology Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9200-4PA40 Drilling plan 35 25 18 L R 4 x O 5.5 O 4+8 mm 4 6 4 x O 5.5 20 26 75 2 31.5 75 N 227 5 140 3 290 1 140 162 193 227 232 258 278 N 4 145 35 16 26 20 35 O 8.5 140 35 35 31.5 35 NSO0_00189 35 35 35 105 Plug-in base assembly kit, with terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB40 105 1 3 5 L R 400 N O 4+8 mm 2 4 6 NSO0_00193 N 140 35 70 103 Siemens * 10/2015 111 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Plug-in design 290 ON OFF NSO0_00138 TEST 140 105 140 157 182 Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30 + 3VT9200-4RC00 105 4 21 46 2 7.5 Drilling plan 52 20 140 258 258 290 ON OFF TEST 45 4 x O 5.5 28 NSO0_00195 36 35 35 140 112 Siemens * 10/2015 2 16 16 140 75 O 8.5 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A 290 Plug-in design, rotary operating mechanism NSO0_00196 TEST 175 140 225 Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0 MANUAL 290 AUTO O 4,3 max. NSO0_00198 TEST 140 282 31 Siemens * 10/2015 113 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version, 3VT9200-4WA40 Drilling plan 214 35 N 1 25 18 35 3 4 4 x O 5.5 145 35 5 R 140 290 140 162 193 227 232 258 278 L 227 4 x O 5.5 O 4+8 mm 6 31.5 16 26 20 35 O 8.5 35 105 140 215 130 Withdrawable version, terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB40 105 35 3 5 L R 140 1 400 N O 4+8 mm 2 4 6 NSO0_00200 N 140 215 114 Siemens * 10/2015 70 103 140 75 20 26 35.5 4 NSO0_00202 2 75 N 27.5 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version Operating position Maintenance position 30 65 75 65 75 213 290 140 140 ON OFF NSO0_00203 TEST 140 215 105 105 170 187 212 140 157 182 46 105 133 52 20 65 4 21 213 2 7.5 Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30 + 3VT9200-4RC00 140 258 290 ON NSO0_00204 OFF 140 215 37 75 35 2 17 16 28 O 8.5 4 x O 5.5 45 TEST 35 35 Siemens * 10/2015 115 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A Withdrawable version, rotary operating mechanism Operating position Maintenance position 30 290 140 140 65 75 65 75 213 NSO0_00206 TEST 205 175 140 215 255 225 Withdrawable version, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0 30 MANUAL AUTO 65 75 140 290 140 290 65 75 NSO0_00207 213 O 4,3 max. TEST 140 215 116 Siemens * 10/2015 282 31 312 31 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensional drawings 3-pole, fixed-mounted versions Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection 2 25 6 3 45 5 4 x O 6.5 60 60 33 65 154 194 201 234 259 275 OFF R 94 6 45.5 4 25 33 20 O 11 105 117 140 40.5 134.5 TEST 2 194 25 17 2 ON NSO0_00507 1 75.5 18 100 ... < AC 415 V 103 45 150 ... < AC 415 V 45 47.5 45 47.5 5 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9324-4TF30, 3VT9315-4TF30 42 45 1 3 45 28 25 45 5 319 435 OFF 269 194 234 275 298 344 369 ON TEST 4 6 NSO0_00261 2 32 140 O 22 3VT9324-4TF30 O 18 3VT9315-4TF30 O 22 O 18 105 Siemens * 10/2015 117 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9303-4TF30 60 45 34 45 49 38 26 34 45 251 274 297 435 194 234 262 275 285 308 326 ON OFF NSO0_00262 TEST 11 25 6 x O 8.4 105 140 105 53 9 45 6 45 26 3 11.5 Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 20 45 4 x O 5 (M 5 x 25) 194 234 65 154 194 275 ON 234 60 OFF 118 20.5 140 Siemens * 10/2015 7 35 R NSO0_00264 25 O 11 2.5 TEST 40.5 45 45 125 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4ED30 31 45 6 19.5 45 45 194 234 275 314 ON OFF NSO0_00267 TEST 32 O 13 12.5 32 50 50 140 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4EE30 3 45 31 6 25 16.5 45 45 140 194 234 275 308 ON OFF TEST 32 NSO0_00269 15 25 56.5 2 x O 11 32 70 70 Siemens * 10/2015 119 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism 1 60 3 NSO0_00271a 1 1 3VT3 5 2 3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 2 51 37 3 143 TEST 4 6 90 2 140 25 50 Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle 1 3 2 NSO0_00273a 1 5 1 3VT3 2 3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 5 70 4 37 3 70 51 cabinet door 143 6 6 90 4 140 180 ... 495 (-3HJ10) 375 ... 540 (-3HJ20) 25 Dimensions, cabinet cutout min. 100 27.5 NSO0_00275 O5 0 55 Hinge of cabinet door Siemens * 10/2015 55 4 x O 6.5 120 5 3VT9300-3HJ.0 6 Outside surface of TEST 2 4 3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Fixed-mounted version, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0 275 MANUAL 204 AUTO 4 NSO0_00276 2 92 149 TEST 6 247 140 31 m NSO0_00332 R ax 14 1 Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle 27 3-pole, plug-in technology Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9300-4PA30 Drilling plan 45 25 18 45 6 4 x O 6.5 3 4 x O 6.5 179 1 5 L 277 166 358 166 194 234 277 284 317 342 45 R O 4+8 mm 6 20 26 O 11 140 45 20 35 47.5 40.5 96 40.5 25 33 NSO0_00279 4 96 2 45 47.5 105 Siemens * 10/2015 121 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism and terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30 3 105 5 L R 518 1 O 4+8 mm 4 6 NSO0_00283 2 140 35 70 103 Plug-in design 358 ON OFF NSO0_00285 TEST 105 140 157 187 140 122 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 3 Drilling plan 6 26 9 53 20 67 4 x O 6.5 166 317 317 ON OFF 58 TEST 35 105 45 45 125 47.5 3 40.5 NSO0_00287 20.5 25 96 O 11 Plug-in design, with rotary operating mechanism NSO0_00290 TEST 175 225 Siemens * 10/2015 123 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0 1 3 5 MANUAL AUTO O 4,3 max. TEST 4 6 NSO0_00292 2 31 282 3-pole, withdrawable version Withdrawable version, base with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30 Drilling plan 45 25 18 45 6 4 x O 6.5 3 4 x O 6.5 179 1 5 166 277 L 358 166 194 234 277 284 317 342 45 R O 4+8 mm 6 O 11 140 124 Siemens * 10/2015 20 35 40.5 40.5 25 33 96 20 26 NSO0_00298 4 96 2 45 105 47.5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Withdrawable version, base, with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30 204 215 105 5 L R 140 3 518 1 O 4+8 mm 4 6 NSO0_00302 2 35 140 214 70 103 140 27.5 Withdrawable version Operating position Test position 30 3 5 65 1 124 124 213 OFF 140 140 358 ON TEST 4 6 NSO0_00304 2 140 215 105 140 157 187 105 170 187 217 Siemens * 10/2015 125 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 Operating position 3 105 53 6 26 9 213 Test position 20 5 65 3 67 4xO6.5 1 166 317 PS PS PS SP SV PS 317 358 ON OFF PS TEST 4 6 58 2 35 NSO0_00307 25 45 45 125 140 53 3 20.5 140 215 96 O11 47.5 Withdrawable version, with rotary operating mechanism Operating position Test position 140 140 124 124 30 NSO0_00309 TEST 205 175 225 126 Siemens * 10/2015 255 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Withdrawable version, with motorized operating mechanism Operating position Test position 1 3 124 124 30 5 MANUAL 140 140 AUTO O 4,3 max. TEST 4 6 NSO0_00312 2 312 31 282 31 4-pole, fixed-mounted version Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection 103 45 2 25 6 3 45 5 4 x O 6.5 60 60 33 65 154 194 201 234 259 275 OFF R 94 4 25 33 O 11 6 45.5 2 134.5 TEST N 185 194 25 17 2 ON 20 105 117 40.5 1 NSO0_00319 N 75.5 18 100 ... < AC 415 V 45 150 ... > AC 415 V 45 92.5 45 47.5 5 Siemens * 10/2015 127 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection With connection combinations 3VT9324-4TF30 + 3VT9324-4TF00, 3VT9315-4TF30 + 3VT9315-4TF00 42 45 45 28 25 45 45 319 435 OFF 269 194 234 275 298 344 369 ON NSO0_00322 TEST 32 O 22 O 18 O 22 (-3HJ10) O 18 (-3HJ20) 105 Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combinations 3VT9303-4TF30 + 3VT9303-4TF00 38 11 11 45 45 45 26 45 251 274 297 435 194 234 262 275 285 308 326 ON OFF NSO0_00324 TEST 25 11 185 128 Siemens * 10/2015 6 x O 8.5 105 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A 105 9 53 6 26 3 11.5 Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00 20 45 4 x O 6.5 194 234 65 154 194 275 ON 234 60 OFF R 20.5 185 7 35 25 NSO0_00326 O 11 2.5 TEST 40.5 45 45 40 7.5 170 Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism 1 105 1 3 NSO0_00272 N 1 3VT3 5 2 3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 2 51 37 3 143 TEST 2 4 6 90 N 140 25 50 Fixed-mounted version, with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism N 1 3 2 1 3VT3 NSO0_00274 1 5 2 3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0 5 70 3 3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0 4 37 3 4 3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0 5 3VT9300-3HJ.0 70 6 Outside surface of 51 cabinet door 143 TEST 4 6 6 2 90 N 25 140 180 ... 495 (-3HJ10) 375 ... 540 (-3HJ20) Siemens * 10/2015 129 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Cabinet cutout min. 145 27.5 NSO0_00329 O5 0 55 4 x O 6.5 55 Hinge of cabinet door Fixed-mounted version, 3VT9300-3M..0 motorized operating mechanism MANUAL 204 AUTO O 4,3 max. NSO0_00330 92 149 TEST 247 31 27 130 Siemens * 10/2015 14 m NSO0_00332 R ax 1 Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A 4-pole, plug-in technology 3VT9300-4PA40 Drilling plan 45 45 25 18 45 6 4 x O 6.5 1 3 4 x O 6.5 179 N 5 L 277 166 358 166 194 234 277 284 317 342 45 R 3 O 4+8 mm 6 20 26 96 40.5 25 33 20 35 O 11 185 45 47.5 40.5 4 NSO0_00333 2 96 N 45 105 Plug-in base assembly kit, with 3VT9300-8CB40 N 1 3 105 5 R O 4+8 mm 2 4 6 NSO0_00336 N 518 L 185 35 70 103 Siemens * 10/2015 131 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Plug-in design 358 ON OFF NSO0_00337 TEST 105 140 157 187 185 Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00 3 Drilling plan 20 67 6 26 9 53 166 317 358 ON OFF 4 x O 6.5 58 TEST Siemens * 10/2015 105 45 45 170 47.5 3 40.5 35 NSO0_00338 25 132 20.5 185 96 O 11 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A 358 Plug-in design with rotary operating mechanism NSO0_00339 TEST 185 175 225 Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0 N 1 3 5 358 MANUAL AUTO O 4,3 max. TEST 2 4 6 NSO0_00293 N 185 282 31 Siemens * 10/2015 133 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A 4-pole, withdrawable version 3VT9300-4WA40 withdrawable version base Drilling plan 258 45 45 25 18 45 6 1 N 3 179 4 x O 6.5 5 L 166 358 166 194 234 277 284 317 342 45 R O 4+8 mm 6 40.5 25 33 20 35 O 11 45 105 185 260 204 Withdrawable version with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB40 1 3 105 5 R O 4+8 mm 2 4 6 NSO0_00342 N 518 L 140 N 185 260 134 Siemens * 10/2015 35 70 103 140 96 20 26 NSO0_00340 4 2 96 N 27.5 47.5 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Withdrawable version Operating position Test position 30 65 124 124 258 140 140 358 ON OFF NSO0_00344 TEST 105 140 157 187 185 260 105 170 187 217 Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00 Operating position 3 105 53 6 26 9 258 Test position 65 67 20 166 317 358 ON OFF 4 x O 6.5 58 TEST 45 53 45 140 47.5 3 35 NSO0_00345 25 20.5 185 260 96 O 11 170 Siemens * 10/2015 135 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A Withdrawable version, with rotary operating mechanism Operating position Test position 30 140 140 358 65 124 124 258 NSO0_00347 TEST 185 260 205 175 225 255 Withdrawable version, with 3VT9300-3M.. Motorized operating mechanism Operating position Test position 30 65 124 124 258 140 140 AUTO 358 MANUAL O 4,3 max. NSO0_00348 TEST 185 260 136 Siemens * 10/2015 282 31 312 31 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT4 switch disconnectors up to 1000 A Dimensional drawings For dimensional drawings, see page 138 Siemens * 10/2015 137 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Dimensional drawing Fixed-mounted versions Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection 142.5 134.5 70 3VT4 3VT5 35.5 200 70 3 4 x M8 4xO9 50 16 134.5 157 35.5 210 18 72 80 NSO0_00393 56.5 148 OFF 21 51 240 300 350 494 100 72 ON 314 7 15 148 70 70 7 12.5 4 x O 10.5 50 +1 +1 25 0 NSO0_00397 Drilling plan 25 0 Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection Connection combinations 3VT9500-4RC30, 3VT9400-4RC30 Openings for cable glands 84.5 70 142.5 200 444 356 436 510 ON R4 BL1000S 8 BL1600S 16 60 70 82 138 Siemens * 10/2015 60 50 NSO0_00398 OFF (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Fixed-mounted version, box terminal With connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 Two connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 can be used to connect four 70 ... 240-mm2 cables. Not for switching unit 3VT4710-3AA30-0AA0. 134.5 750 350 ON 627 200 250 3 138.5 NSO0_00512 OFF 23 133 80 Fixed-mounted version, box terminal Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor (3VT9532-4TF30) 134.5 52.5 134.5 250 3 205 35.5 NSO0_00401 OFF TEST 116 138.5 80 750 350 ON OFF 582 750 350 ON 627 200 NSO0_00403 3 200 With connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 and 3VT9524-4TF30 - not for switching unit 3VT4710-3AA30-0AA0. 136 65 75.5 O 26 Siemens * 10/2015 139 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor (3VT9533-4TF30) Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor With circular conductor terminals for four 3VT9534-4TF30 cables 134.5 52.5 32 35.5 200 NSO0_00407 ON 626 200 NSO0_00405 3 750 350 626 ON 134.5 52.5 32 205 35.5 3 750 350 205 OFF OFF TEST 138 138 TEST 65 O 26 O 26 65 107.5 Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism Handle - lockable 3VT9500-3HE10, 3VT9500-3HF10 28 NSO0_00409a 46 1 148 60 40 72 12 72 2 R1 1 3VT9500-3HA10 196 140 Siemens * 10/2015 O 26 O 26 107.5 50 2 3VT9500-3H.10 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism Cabinet cutout 46 1 3VT4/3VT5 NSO0_00412a 1 2 3VT9500-3HA10 3 3VT9500-3HJ10 4 3VT9500-3HG.0 2 4 28 min. 200 28 28 90 3 5 5 3VT9500-3H.10 O 40 4 x O 5.4 6 Control cabinet door 28 Hinge of control cabinet door 50 19.5 6 198 min. 267 max. 500 90 Fixed-mounted version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9500-3M..0, lockable with up to three padlocks 33 8 NSO0_00418 235 114 R8 134.5 73 268.5 Siemens * 10/2015 141 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Withdrawable versions Withdrawable version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9500-4EF30 70 70 4 x M8 33.5 72 NSO0_00427 494 350 33.5 50 16 27.5 Withdrawable version Connection combination 3VT9500-4RC30 Rear terminals Drilling plan 125 140 142 Siemens * 10/2015 100 4xO9 NSO0_00430 50 230 max. 140 16 106.5 35 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Withdrawable version, box terminal Withdrawable version, box terminal Connection combination 3VT9524-4TG30 Connection combination 3VT9524-4TG30 and 3VT9524-4TF30 138.5 138.5 NSO0_00433 NSO0_00435 627 350 627 350 250 250 31 80 80 133 128 Withdrawable version Withdrawable version Terminals for circular conductor (3VT9532-4TF30) Terminals for circular conductor 3VT9533-4TF30, for 3 cables 137 45 28 NSO0_00439 200 626 750 350 138 116 582 28 3 NSO0_00437 3 137 45 32 205 750 350 205 65 O 26 65 O 26 O 26 68 100 Siemens * 10/2015 143 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Withdrawable version Terminals for circular conductor 3VT9534-4TF30, for 4 cables 137 45 32 205 28 750 350 138 626 NSO0_00441 3 65 O 26 O 26 100 Withdrawable version Connected Disconnected 292 340 350 180 65 295 210 248 144 Siemens * 10/2015 NSO0_00443 OFF 508 ON 75 75 174 239 45 174 284 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A 3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A Withdrawable version Connected Disconnected Rotary operating mechanism 366 NSO0_00446 321 271 316 3VT9500-3MQ00 motorized operating mechanism Connected Disconnected 343.5 33 388.5 33 NSO0_00449 Withdrawable version 282.5 327.5 Siemens * 10/2015 145 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Introduction Overview 7 1 NSE0_01557f 10 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 2 1 3KL basic device 2 Fuses, optionally BS 88 or LV HRC fuses 3 Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 4 Coupling driver 5 Extension shaft 6 Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range are used as auxiliary switches. All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with non-interchangeability features. All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses of the switch disconnectors are de-energized in the OFF position. Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can be secured to the shaft with padlock against unauthorized reclosing. Optional 7 Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 8 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or 9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow) 10 4th pole (optional) Identical accessories for 3KA, 3KL and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping. Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the paper and cellulose processing industries. Application 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload and short-circuits as main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of switchgear assemblies, distribution boards, power supply and motor outgoing feeders. In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and capacitor control systems. 146 Siemens * 10/2015 All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660 Part 107. (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 3KL551) 3KL571) 3KL611) 3KL621) Rated uninterrupted current Iu For fuse links according to DIN 43620 (when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used, a reduction of rated current is necessary; see page 1, reference to technical information) A Size 63 125 160 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and 000 3KL521) 250 1 and 2 400 1 and 2 630 3 and 2 800 3 and 2 Conventional free air thermal current Ith2) A 63 125 160 250 400 630 800 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC DC V V 690 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected) 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 3) Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses Peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC kA 220 220 220 176 176 105 105 Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses kA 100 100 100 80 80 50 50 Max. rated current In of fuses A 80 160 160 400 400 6304) 800 Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse * NH * BS W W 6 8 (A2/A3) 9 11.5 (A4) 11.5 11.5 32 32 45 45 48 48 62 60.5 Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 8 17 17 305) 305) 50 50 Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 55 223 223 1000 1000 5400 10500 At 400 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A A A kW 500 63 30 1000 125 65 1280 160 80 2000 250 132 3200 400 200 5100 6306) 335 6400 8006) 400 At 500 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A A A kW 500 63 40 1000 125 90 1280 160 110 2000 250 185 3200 400 280 5100 6306) 425 6400 8006) 500 At 690 V AC * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A * Motor switching capacity AC-23A A A kW 500 63 50 1000 125 110 1280 160 150 2000 250 220 3200 400 375 5100 6305) 560 6400 8005) 700 At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)7) * Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) * Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A A A 250 63 500 125 640 160 10008) 25010) 1600 400 25209) 63010) 25209) 63010) Rated short-time current Icw (1-s current, rms value) kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11 32 32 Permissible ambient temperature C C -25 ... +55 for operation4), -50 ... +80 during storage 12000 12000 3000 3000 3KL50 Type 3KL531) Rms value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom) Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers) 15000 15000 W 8.5 22 36 33 86 140 225 Main conductor connections Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) mm 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 15 40 x 17 40 x 17 Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or 2 x 240 1 x 240 2 x 240 Tightening torque Terminal screws Nm 6 ... 7.5 M6 7 ... 10 M6 18 ... 22 M8 35 ... 45 M10 35 ... 45 M10 56 M12 56 M12 mm mm2 --- --- --- 20 x 2.5 70 20 x 2.5 120 --- --- Power loss of the switch at Ith (plus power loss of the fuses) Protective conductor connections Flat bars Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) 1) Technical specifications for approval on request. 2) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades 135 C, for connections 100 C. Permissible mounting position 10 3) 110 V (one conducting path). 4) With 3KL61 for operation -25 C ... +35 C, at +55 C: Ith = 570 A. 5) With 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse. 6) AC-23B. 7) 220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC (one conducting path) at DC-23A. Mounting position for 3KL switch disconnectors 8) At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms. Note: 9) Only DC-22A (L/R = 2.5 ms). 10) At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A. 180 180 180 NSE0_00182 For the 3KL switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation in the side and rear panels of control cabinets. Siemens * 10/2015 147 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Floor mounting Dimensional drawings 3KL50, 63 A, 3-pole; Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to dimensional drawing for 3KL52; without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts 3KL50, 63 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 6 22,5 1) 15 4,5 O6,6 25 22,5 32,5 1) 100 23 2 M 6x20 135 150 66 1,5...4 O 4,5 75 65 a NSE0_00274 90 90 105 30 43,5 O4,5 42-50 36 NSE0_00275a a Shaft length NSE0_00291 Max. 380 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC Min. 175 175-80; shaft from 8UC71 short 175 < a < 380 a-80 To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories). 3KL50, 30, 63 A 3-pole; Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to dimensional drawing for 3KL52; without operating mechanism, for BS fuses R2 6-0,1 Shaft (profile) Engaged length: min. 70 mm max. 150 mm 3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 60 NSE0_00280 42 - 50 8 30 43,5 O4,5 15 71,5 a 143 g 25 38 e 90 185 i l 100 110 n h 100 35 39 NSE0_00277a 5 Shaft length NSE0_00281 8-0,1 Shaft (profile) R2 Engaged length: min. 70 mm max. 150 mm 3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A, 3KL50, 63 A, 4-pole Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses 55 143 85 15 g i c 63 l 35 39 c 65 O4,5 149 * To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped Type c e g h n 3KL52 NH 3KL53 NH 3KL52 A2/A3 3KL53 A4 4th pole 15 20 15 20 15 37 39 37 39 -- 42 39.5 42 39.5 48 91 105 91 105 91 106 125 106 125 106 NSG0_00232 contacts or covers (accessories). A_4 A_8 A_3 A_7 d 25 e 38 90 185 110 55 85 63 22,5* 3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A, 3KL50, 63 A, 4-pole Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts 15 75 Max. 350 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC Min. 165 165-50; shaft from 8UC72 short 165 < a < 350 a-50 100 2 M 6x20 135 150 66 m 23 NSE0_00278a 4,5 O 6,6 32,5 22,5 120 NSE0_00276a 25 90 90 105 1,5...4 a 5 149 Type c e g h n 3KL52 NH 3KL53 NH 3KL52 A2/A3 3KL53 A4 4th pole 15 20 15 20 15 37 39 37 39 -- 42 39.5 42 39.5 48 91 105 91 105 91 106 125 106 125 106 IP20 cover for 3KL A B C D 148 Siemens * 10/2015 Type for A B C D 3KX3507-0CA02 3KX3527-0CA02 3KX3537-0CA02 3KX3557-0CA02 3KX3557-0CA02 3KL50 3KL52 3KL53 3KL55 3KL57 210 260 260 340 340 90 114 114 142 142 50 72.5 72.5 101 101 130 208 208 262 262 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Floor mounting 3KL55, 250 A, 3KL57, 400 A Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts 26,5 a 65 107 207 b 11 25 c 7 20 17 100 240 11 7 NSE0_00282a 16 130 135 160 41 86 3 Type a b c 3KM55 3KM57 4th pole 40 38 80 4 6 4 M 10 x 30 M 10 x 36 M 10 x 30 195,5 (Gr.1) 203,5 (Gr.2) 209 3KL55, 250 A, 3KL57, 400 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 140 NSE0_00284 63 - 65 10 1,5...4 100 88 O5,5 88 a a Shaft length Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73 Min. 230 230-35; shaft from 8UC73 short 230 < a < 335 a-35 3KL61, 630 A, 3KL62, 800 A Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts, with phase barriers 4th pole For 3KL61 95 345 315 9 20,5 NSE0_00286 12 100 155 194 NSE0_00905a 280 230 208 270 180 26 78 1 40 40 29 95,5 87 87 O12,5 399 M 12 234 239 240 74,5 66,5 Total installation depth with handle: 239 + 74,5 + 66,5 = 370 1 Profile 12 x 12. Shaft length 110. Shaft can be turned by 45 Circuit diagrams Internal circuit diagram for 3KL NSE0_00183 13 11 23 2 1412 24 2 2 4 6 1 3 5 2 4 6 NSE0_00187 N P 1 3 5 (Auxiliary switch not included in scope). Use for DC voltage at DC-23A 440 V (For 3KL50 and 3KL51, only one auxiliary switch is possible, not included in scope, 4th pole possible as main contact) Siemens * 10/2015 149 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Fuses Overview The 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses are suitable for all fuses in LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, "Fuse systems" SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used, although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line protection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this reason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current In of the device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device. The following table shows the permissible load currents of the SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3KL. The values were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified in the table. SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3KL fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3KL for floor mounting Type 3KL Type1) 2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3KL Size Permissible Type load current 4) Size A A A V AC 3NC423.. 150 500 gR 3 70 3KL61 3 145 3KL62 3 150 3NC425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3KL61 3 180 3KL62 3 190 3NC427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3KL61 3 225 3KL62 3 240 3NC428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3KL61 3 255 3KL62 3 270 3NC431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3KL61 3 330 3KL62 3 345 3NC432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3KL61 3 400 3KL62 3 400 3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL62 3 500 3KL61 3 480 3NC3337-1 710 1000 aR 3 2x (50x5) 3KL62 3 540 -- -- -- 3NC3338-1 800 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3 600 -- -- -- 3NC3340-1 900 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3 650 -- -- -- 3NC3341-1 1000 1000 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3 720 -- -- -- 3NC3342-1 1100 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3 800 -- -- -- 3NC3343-1 1250 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3 800 -- -- -- 3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3KL61 3 285 3KL62 3 300 3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3KL61 3 365 3KL62 3 380 3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3KL61 3 425 3KL62 3 450 3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3 500 3KL62 3 540 3NC3438-1 800 1100 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3 650 -- -- -- 3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3KL61 3 135 3KL62 3 140 3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3KL61 3 180 3KL62 3 190 3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3KL61 3 225 3KL62 3 240 3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3KL61 3 300 3KL62 3 315 3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3KL61 3 425 3KL62 3 450 3NC8444.. 1000 600 aR 3 2x (60x6) 3KL62 3 800 3KL61 3 630 3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3KL52 00 80 3KL53 00 80 3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3KL52 00 100 3KL53 00 100 3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3KL52 00 100 3KL53 00 100 3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3KL52 00 125 3KL53 00 125 3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3KL52 00 125 3KL53 00 125 3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3KL55 1 160 3KL57 2 160 3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3KL55 1 160 3KL57 2 160 3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3KL55 1 200 3KL57 2 200 3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3KL55 1 200 3KL57 2 200 3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3KL55 1 250 3KL57 2 250 3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3KL55 1 245 3KL57 2 250 3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3KL57 2 315 -- -- -- 3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3KL57 2 280 -- -- -- 3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KL57 2 330 3KL61 3 350 3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KL57 2 300 3KL61 3 350 3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KL57 2 375 3KL61 3 400 3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KL57 2 340 3KL61 3 400 3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KL61 3 450 3KL62 3 450 3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KL61 3 450 3KL62 3 450 3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KL61 3 500 3KL62 3 500 3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KL61 3 500 3KL62 3 500 3NE1435-0 560 690 gS 3 2x 150 3KL61 3 560 3KL62 3 560 3NE1435-2/-3 560 690 gR 3 2x 150 3KL61 3 560 3KL62 3 560 3NE1436-0 630 690 gS 3 2x 185 3KL61 3 630 3KL62 3 630 150 Siemens * 10/2015 mm Permissible load current 4) (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3KL for floor mounting Type 3KL Type1) 2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3KL Size Permissible Type load current 4) Size A mm Permissible load current 4) A A V AC 3NE1436-2/-3 630 690 gR 3 2x 185 3KL61 3 615 3KL62 3 630 3NE1437-0 3NE1437-1 710 710 690 600 gS gR 3 3 2x (40x5) 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3KL61 3 3 630 630 3KL62 3KL62 3 3 710 710 3NE1437-2/-3 710 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3 630 3KL62 3 700 3NE1438-0 3NE1438-1 3NE1438-2/-3 800 800 800 690 600 690 gS gR gR 3 3 3 2x (50x5) 2x (50x5) 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3KL61 3KL61 3 3 3 630 630 630 3KL62 3KL62 3KL62 3 3 3 800 800 760 3NE1447-2/-3 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3 630 3KL62 3 670 3NE1448-2/-3 3NE1802-0 3NE1803-0 3NE1813-0 3NE1814-0 3NE1815-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1818-0 3NE1820-0 850 40 35 16 20 25 50 63 80 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 gR gS gS gS gS gS gS gS gS 3 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 2x (40x8) 10 6 1.5 2.5 4 10 16 25 3KL61 3KL50 3KL50 3KL50 3KL50 3KL50 3KL50 3KL50 3KL52 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 630 40 35 16 20 25 50 63 80 3KL62 3KL52 3KL52 3KL52 3KL52 3KL52 3KL52 3KL52 -- 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 -- 790 40 35 16 20 25 50 63 -- 3NE3221 3NE3222 3NE3224 3NE3225 3NE3227 100 125 160 200 250 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 aR aR aR aR aR 1 1 1 1 1 35 50 70 95 120 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 1 1 1 1 1 90 110 140 175 210 3KL57 3KL57 3KL57 3KL57 3KL57 2 2 2 2 2 95 115 150 180 220 3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3KL57 2 240 -- -- -- 3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3KL57 2 265 -- -- -- 3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3KL57 2 290 -- -- -- 3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3KL57 2 320 -- -- -- 3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3KL61 3 340 3KL62 3 360 3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KL61 3 380 3KL62 3 400 3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KL61 3 440 3KL62 3 470 3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KL61 3 500 3KL62 3 530 3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KL61 3 540 3KL62 3 580 3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3 600 3KL62 3 640 3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3KL61 3 630 3KL62 3 720 3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3KL61 3 630 3KL62 3 800 3NE4101 3NE4102 3NE4117 3NE4118 3NE4120 3NE4121 3NE4122 3NE4124 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 gR gR gR aR aR aR aR aR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 10 10 16 25 35 50 70 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 3KL55 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 40 50 63 80 95 120 150 --------- --------- --------- 3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3KL57 2 175 3KL61 3 200 3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3KL57 2 230 3KL61 3 260 3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KL57 2 340 3KL61 3 370 3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KL61 3 425 3KL62 3 450 3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3 600 3KL62 3 630 3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3KL50 00 25 3KL52 00 25 3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3KL50 00 33 3KL52 00 35 3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3KL50 00 45 3KL52 00 50 3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3KL50 00 54 3KL52 00 60 3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3KL52 00 68 -- -- -- 3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3KL52 00 89 -- -- -- 3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3KL52 00 106 -- -- -- 3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3KL52 00 1305) -- -- -- 1) Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally and only at zero current. 2) For permissible load currents for 3NE8...-0MK, see Configuration Manual "Fuse Systems", or on request 3) Fuses with a rated voltage >690 V may only be operated at max. 690 V (rated voltage of the 3KL) when installed in 3KL. 4) In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced (precise values on request). 5) The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than the 125 A current of the 3KL52. However, in this case, the 3KL52 must not be switched under load (utilization category AC-20). Siemens * 10/2015 151 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A Introduction Overview NSE0_02131b 2 1 4 6 5 8 7 10 9 1 3KM basic device 2 Plug-in contact strip for 3KM (part of basic device) 3 Fuses, optionally BS 88 or LV HRC fuses 4 Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 5 Coupling driver 6 Extension shaft 7 Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range are used as auxiliary switches. 3 Optional 8 Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 9 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or 10 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow) All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with non-interchangeability features. All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses are de-energized when the switch disconnectors are in the disconnected position. The 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses also feature an isolating plug connector. This facilitates mounting and contact establishment in motor control centers (MCCs) in conjunction with vertical busbars. Generally, all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can Application 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload and short-circuits as main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of switchgear assemblies, distribution boards, power supply and motor outgoing feeders. In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and capacitor control systems. 152 Siemens * 10/2015 be secured on the shaft with a padlock to prevent unauthorized reclosing. Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and 3KL and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping. Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the paper and cellulose processing industries. All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660 Part 107. (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 3KM50 3KM52 3KM53 3KM55 3KM57 Rated uninterrupted current Iu For fuse links according to DIN 43620, (when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used, a reduction of rated current is necessary; see page 1, reference to technical information) A Size 63 00 and 000 125 00 and 000 160 00 and 000 250 1 and 2 400 1 and 2 Conventional free air thermal current Ith1) A 63 125 160 250 400 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8 8 8 8 50/60 Hz AC V 690 DC V V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected) 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 2) Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses (peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC) kA 220 220 220 176 176 Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC (rms value) kA 100 100 100 80 80 Max. rated current In of fuses A 80 160 160 400 400 * NH W 6 9 11.5 32 45 * BS W 8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4) 11.5 32 45 Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 8 17 17 303) 303) Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 55 223 223 1000 1000 * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 * Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 65 80 132 200 * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 * Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 40 90 110 185 280 * Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 * Rated operational current Ie at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 * Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 50 110 150 220 375 * Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 250 500 640 10004) 1600 * Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A A 63 125 160 2505) 400 Rated short-time current (1 s current), rms value kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11 Permissible ambient temperature C C -25 ... +55 for operation6) -50 ... +80 during storage 15000 12000 12000 Type Rated operational voltage Ue Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom) At 400 V AC At 500 V AC At 690 V AC At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)4) Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers) Power loss of the switch at Ith (plus power loss of the fuses) 15000 W 8.5 22 36 33 86 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (width x thickness) mm 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 15 Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or 1 x 240 Busbar systems, max. dimensions (width x thickness) mm 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 15 Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 Main conductor connections Terminal screws Protective conductor connections Flat bars mm -- -- -- 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5 Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 -- -- -- 70 120 1) Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades 135C, for connections 100C. 2) 110 V (one conducting path). 3) 220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC (one conducting path) at DC-23A. 4) At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 1 ms. 5) At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A. 6) 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse. Siemens * 10/2015 153 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A For snapping onto busbar system Dimensional drawings 75 66 O4,5 65 Shaft length Max. 380 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC71 Min. 175 175-80; shaft from 8UC71 short 175 < a < 380 a-80 25 25 90 71 42 a 5-6,4 60 9 25 60 172 1) 89 To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories). NSE0_00291 NSE0_00290 40 6 5,5 5,5 60 9 60 40 60 25 172 89 NSE0_00289a 3KM52, 125 A 3KM53, 160 A Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts (For additional dimensions, see from page 148 onwards, 3KL52 and 3KL53) 1) 100 22,5 Shaft middle 145 143 175 To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped contacts (included in the scope of supply) or covers (accessory). l i 90 5,5 Shaft middle 175 40 6 5,5 31 NSE0_00290 5,5 1) M 6x20 7,5 3KM52, 125 A 3KM53, 160 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 25 25 5,5 6-0,1 149 71 42 23 206 2 135 150 90 g c Shaft length e 25 5-6,4 60 25 60 172 185 Siemens * 10/2015 107 Type c e g i l 3KM52 3KM53 15 20 37 39 42 39.5 3 3.5 O 6.6 O9 1) 154 NSE0_00293b Max. 350 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC72 Min. 165 165-50; shaft from 8UC72 short 165 < a < 350 a-50 70 41 a Shaft (profile) Engaged length: min. 70 mm max. 150 mm R2 31 25 25 5-6,4 M 6x20 7,5 Drilling pattern and connector cutout 3KM50, 63 A Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses 120 43,5 100 25 25 90 40 60 NSE0_00288a a 23 206 1,5...4 134 135 6 2 42 - 50 36 NSE0_00287a 3KM50, 63 A Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts 120 1) 43,5 100 22,5 150 3KM50, 63 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories). (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A For snapping onto busbar system Drilling pattern and cutout in the mounting plate for installation of 3KM52 3KM52, 125 A 3KM53, 160 A Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses 96 Cutout in the mounting plate 60 25 60 172 185 107 Type c e g i l 3KM52 3KM53 15 20 37 39 42 39.5 3 3.5 O 6.6 O9 NSE0_00296a R2 NSE0_00295a 5-6,4 5,5 NSE0_00294b 70 41 e 25 Shaft middle 25 25 60 90 g c 8-0,1 35 l i 149 143 6 31 175 Shaft (profile) Engaged length: min. 90 mm max. 143 mm 3KM55, 250 A 3KM57, 400 A With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism 63 - 65 140 NSE0_00297a 3KM55, 250 A 3KM57, 400 A Without shaft, without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts (For additional dimensions, see from page 148 onwards, 3KL55) 7 240 160 100 5,5 88 x 195,5 (Gr. 1) 203,5 (Gr. 2) 88 209 1,5...4 207 10 25 NSE0_00298b Shaft length Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73 Min. 230 230-35; shaft from 8UC73 short 230 < a < 335 a-35 70 41 a y a 5-6,4 60 60 z 25 172 x y z 3KM55 3KM57 4 6 40 38 M 10 x 30 M 10 x 36 Drilling pattern and cutout in the mounting plate for installation of 3KM55 and 3KM57 Drilling pattern and cutout in the mounting plate for mounting 3KM55 and 3KM57 Cutout in the mounting plate 31 175 Shaft middle 25 41 100 7 NSE0_00301a 31,5 75 17,5 Busbar supports 3KX3508-0AA For 30 mm x 5 mm busbars NSE0_00283 Shaft (profile) R2 Engaged length: min. 170 mm 10-0,1 max. 205 mm Type Siemens * 10/2015 155 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A For snapping onto busbar system Cutouts for 3K .50, 3KA51 With rear manual operating mechanism 3KX3516-... Cutouts for 3K .55, 3K .57, 3K .58 With rear manual operating mechanism 3KX3556-... 22,5 22,5 Cutouts for 3K .52, 3K .53 With rear manual operating mechanism 3KX3526-.../3KX3536-... 60 4,8 5,8 56 NSE0_00303 5,8 22,5 4,8 Circuit diagrams Internal circuit diagram for 3KM NSE0_00184 1 3 5 13 11 23 21 14 12 24 22 2 4 6 Note: For 3KM50 and 3KM51, only one auxiliary switch possible 156 Siemens * 10/2015 68 uzlWWWZW[ 12 56 5,8 NSE0 00302 4,8 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A Fuses Overview The 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses are suitable for all fuses in LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, chapter "Fuse systems" Note If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating is required due to the lower heat dissipation. SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used, although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line protection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this reason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current In of the device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device. The following table shows the permissible load currents of the SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3KM. The values were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified in the table. SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3KM fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3KM for busbar mounting Type 3KM Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3KM Size mm Permissible Type load current 4) Size A Permissible load current 4) A V AC 3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3KM52 00 80 3KM53 00 A 80 3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3KM52 00 100 3KM53 00 100 3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3KM52 00 100 3KM53 00 100 3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3KM52 00 125 3KM53 00 125 3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3KM52 00 125 3KM53 00 125 3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3KM55 1 160 3KM57 2 160 3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3KM55 1 160 3KM57 2 160 3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3KM55 1 200 3KM57 2 200 3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3KM55 1 200 3KM57 2 200 3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3KM55 1 250 3KM57 2 250 3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3KM55 1 245 3KM57 2 250 3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3KM57 2 315 -- -- -- 3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3KM57 2 280 -- -- -- 3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KM57 2 330 -- -- -- 3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KM57 2 300 -- -- -- 3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KM57 2 375 -- -- -- 3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KM57 2 315 -- -- -- 3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KM57 2 325 -- -- -- 3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KM57 2 350 -- -- -- 3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3KM50 00 40 3KM52 00 40 3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3KM50 00 35 3KM52 00 35 3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3KM50 00 16 3KM52 00 16 3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3KM50 00 20 3KM52 00 20 3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3KM50 00 25 3KM52 00 25 3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3KM50 00 50 3KM52 00 50 3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3KM50 00 63 3KM52 00 63 3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3KM52 00 80 -- -- -- 3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3KM55 1 90 3KM57 2 95 3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3KM55 1 110 3KM57 2 115 3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3KM55 1 140 3KM57 2 150 3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3KM55 1 175 3KM57 2 180 3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3KM55 1 210 3KM57 2 220 3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3KM57 2 240 -- -- -- 3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3KM57 2 265 -- -- -- 3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3KM57 2 290 -- -- -- 3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3KM57 2 320 -- -- -- 3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3KM57 2 290 -- -- -- 3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KM57 2 320 -- -- -- 3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KM57 2 360 -- -- -- 3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- Siemens * 10/2015 157 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3KM for busbar mounting Type 3KM Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3KM Size mm Permissible Type load current 4) Size A V AC 3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3KM55 1 32 -- -- -- 3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3KM55 1 40 -- -- -- 3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3KM55 1 50 -- -- -- 3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3KM55 1 63 -- -- -- 3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3KM55 1 80 -- -- -- 3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3KM55 1 95 -- -- -- 3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3KM55 1 120 -- -- -- 3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3KM55 1 150 -- -- -- 3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3KM57 2 175 -- -- -- 3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3KM57 2 230 -- -- -- 3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KM57 2 340 -- -- -- 3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KM57 2 380 -- -- -- 3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3KM57 2 400 -- -- -- 3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3KM50 00 25 3KM52 00 25 3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3KM50 00 33 3KM52 00 35 3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3KM50 00 45 3KM52 00 50 3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3KM50 00 54 3KM52 00 60 3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3KM52 00 68 -- -- -- 3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3KM52 00 89 -- -- -- 3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3KM52 00 106 -- -- -- 3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3KM52 00 1305) -- -- -- 1) Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally and only at zero current. 2) For permissible load currents for 3NE8...-0MK, see Configuration Manual "Fuse Systems", or on request 3) Fuses with a rated voltage >690 V may only be operated at max. 690V (rated voltage of the 3KM) when installed in 3KM. 4) In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced (precise values on request). 5) The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than the 125 A current of the 3KM52. However, in this case, the 3KM52 must not be switched under load (utilization category AC-20). 158 Siemens * 10/2015 A Permissible load current 4) A (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UD1 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms For 3KD switch disconnectors Overview Lockability The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suitable for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 9.5 mm (locks according to DIN 7465). Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 9.5 mm can be fitted simultaneously. Non-interchangeability To ensure that, when installing switching devices and door-coupling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in the correct position with respect to one another, the components are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivet and lug). Stops Stops are used to prevent damage occurring as the result of excessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms with a 90 operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers). 8UD1 rotary operating mechanisms in STANDARD version in gray (ti-gray, left) and EMERGENCY-STOP version in red/yellow (right) With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possible to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the control cabinet doors closed. Tolerance compensation 8UD1 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a radial eccentricity of max. 8 mm between the actuating shaft of the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating mechanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended with greater tolerances. The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD" and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differences: * STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black inscription, handles in ti-gray * EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with black inscription, handles in red E NS 0_ 00 94 5a Coupling drivers a With tolerance 8 compensation Without tolerance compensation Degree of protection b Shaft length 5 x +1.5 2.5 x+23.5 Degree of protection when installed is IP65. Standards 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line with the following standards, for example: Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm Standard Title IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1) Safety of machinery; electrical equipment of machines IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660 Part 500) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g. pulling off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism, amounts to 800 N when the pulling force acts directly onto the operating mechanism in the direction of the shaft. IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear: Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units Pull-out strength Siemens * 10/2015 159 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UD1 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms For 3KD switch disconnectors Design Components The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installation, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be mounted onto the switch shaft. To ensure compliance with locking and interlocking conditions, the controls and operating mechanisms must be installed such that, with two-position switches, the "0" position lies at 9 o'clock and the "I" position at 12 o'clock. 1 90 NSE0_00352 Operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors do not have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fitted directly into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of 600 mm are also available. Switch position 0 2 7 6 1 12 o'clock position 5 4 2 9 o'clock position 3 2 Positions for two-position switches with 90 operating angle 10 1 8 NSE0_00022a 9 1 Handle with masking frame 2 Seal 3 Door 4 Fixing screws 5 Coupling driver 6 Extension shaft 7 Adapter 8 Operating shaft of switching device 9 Switching device 10 Tripped plate (can be glued on if required) Design, schematic representation More information For dimensional drawings of 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, see from page 18 onwards 160 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms For 3K switch disconnectors Overview Benefits Lockability The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suitable for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm (locks according to DIN 7465). Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 8.5 mm and up to five padlocks with a shackle diameter of 6 mm can be fitted simultaneously. Non-interchangeability To ensure that, when installing switching devices and door-coupling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in the correct position with respect to one another, the components are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivet and lug). Stops Stops are used to prevent damage occurring as the result of excessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms with a 90 operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers). 8UC7 rotary operating mechanism in STANDARD version (left) and EMERGENCY-STOP version (right) With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possible to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the control cabinet doors closed. The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD" and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differences: * STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black inscription, handles in ti-gray * EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with black inscription, handles in red Tolerance compensation 8UC7 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a radial eccentricity of max. 3 mm between the actuating shaft of the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating mechanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended with greater tolerances. NS Rated torque1) Shaft profile Masking plate Nm mm x mm mm x mm 8UC71 1 4 6x6 75 x 75 8UC72 2 9 8x8 75 x 75 8UC73 3 25 10 x 10 or 12 x 12 100 x 100 8UC74 4 40/552) 12 x 12 100 x 100 1) Operating mechanisms tested with triple torque (according to EN 60947-3). They are therefore also suitable for applications in this area. 2) Operation with two hands. _0 09 45 a Coupling drivers a With tolerance +3 compensation Without tolerance compensation Available sizes Rotary Size operating mechanism E0 b Shaft length 5 x +1.5 2.5 x+23.5 Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm Pull-out strength The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g. pulling off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism, amounts to 800 N when the pulling force acts directly onto the operating mechanism in the direction of the shaft. Degree of protection Degree of protection when installed is IP65. Standards 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line with the following standards, for example: Standard Title IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1) Safety of machinery; electrical equipment of machines IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660 Part 500) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear: Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units Siemens * 10/2015 161 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms For 3K switch disconnectors Application 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms can be used in electrical controls, distribution boards and switchboards in cases where switches have to be mounted behind covers, end plates and doors that must be opened and where they are to be operated manually from outside. Interlocking conditions The basic versions of the rotary operating mechanisms comply with the following interlocking conditions: * Operating mechanism and switching device in "0" (OFF) position: The control cabinet door can be opened. With padlocks fitted, the control cabinet door remains locked however. * Operating mechanism and switching device in "I" (ON) position: The control cabinet door cannot be opened in this position. However, the interlock can be overridden and the control cabinet door opened by trained personnel for performing checks. No padlocks can be fitted in "I" position. Design Components The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installation, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be mounted onto the switch shaft. Operating mechanisms for 3KA/3KL/3KM switch disconnectors do not have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fitted directly into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of 600 mm are also available. 7 6 5 4 3 Other interlocking conditions: * If no door interlock is required, the user can remove the door interlocking plate of the rotary operating mechanism. * It is easy for the user to fit padlocks to the rotary operating mechanisms in the "I" position as well. In this case the door cannot be opened, the operating mechanism cannot be actuated and the door interlock cannot be overridden. 2 10 1 8 NSE0_00022a 9 Operating conditions and ambient conditions The temperature range for operation of the rotary operating mechanisms is between -25 C and +60 C. Thanks to the use of glass fiber-reinforced molded plastic for handles and masking plates as well as metal components with surface protection, the rotary operating mechanisms are suitable for rough conditions, high air humidity and aggressive atmospheres. 1 Handle with masking frame 2 Seal 3 Door 4 Fixing screws 5 Coupling driver 6 Extension shaft 7 Adapter 8 Operating shaft of switching device 9 Switching device 10 Tripped plate (can be glued on if required) Design, schematic representation Switch position To ensure compliance with locking and interlocking conditions, the controls and operating mechanisms must be installed such that, with two-position switches, the "0" position lies at 9 o'clock and the "I" position at 12 o'clock. 1 NSE0_00352 90 0 2 1 12 o'clock position 2 9 o'clock position Positions for two-position switches with 90 operating angle 162 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms For 3K switch disconnectors Dimensional drawings 8UC71 and 8UC72 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, sizes 1 and 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 AC 9 1 8 22 1 3 4 5 6 2 9 4,5 1 28 P4x11,5 291 3001) 5,5 1 1,5 ... 4 BD 42...50 SectionSection A - B C - D 4 3 NSE0_00490c 291 with extension shaft with extension shaft 65 P4x11,5 5,5 1 1,5 ... 4 without extension shaft NSE0_00491c 22 4 3 Door cutout with fixing holes 8UC73 to 8UC74 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, sizes 3 and 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 A C 3 2 4 5 6 9 5,5 3 1 40 P5x13,5 45,51 3001) 7 1 1,5 ... 4 63...65 Section Section A - B C - D B D 88 NSE0_00492c with extension shaft 1) 3 1 1) P5x13,5 71 1,5 ... 4 45,51 without extension shaft NSE0_00493b 22,51 22,5 1 $ Handle or twin handle % Coupling driver & Masking plate ( Seal ) Door * Fixing screw, 4 units + Extension shaft , Shaft coupling - Actuating shaft of the control Door cutout with fixing holes Length of extension shaft can be cut to fit mounting depth. Extension shaft also available in 600 mm length. Siemens * 10/2015 163 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms Individual parts Dimensional drawings 8UC60 coupling driver b Shaft length With tolerance compensation +5 5 x 2.5 x+23.5 Without toleran- +1.5 ce compensation W 12,1 28 9 22,5 12 5 40 M5 NSE0_00494 A B 8UC71, size 1 75 13 NSE0_00495a 1) 22 36 1) 57 8 Lock handle pulled out 8UC72, size 2 NSE0_00498 75 62 8UC73, size 3 100 15 NSE0_00496a 1) 22 140 79 8 8UC74, size 4 NSE0_00499 100 200 Handles with cover frame, sizes 1 to 4 1) Padlock feature of handle pulled out 164 Siemens * 10/2015 W 12,1 a 8 Coupling drivers 8 _0 6,1 5,1 E0 5a 28 NS 8UC92 53 shaft coupling 4 09 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting Dimensional drawings NSE0_00488 15 8UC9381 to 8UC9382, 3KX3 616-1A operating mechanisms for fixed mounting Size 5 NSE0_00489a O54 25,5 45 a Form 32 62 8UC9365 to 8UC9375, 3KX3 176-1E operating mechanisms for fixed mounting Sizes 3 and 4 Size NSE0_00487 40 28 25,5 36 8UC9360 to 8UC9363, 3KX3 536-1AA operating mechanisms for fixed mounting Size 2 13 36 NSE0_00486 8UC9354, 3KX3 516-1AA operating mechanisms for fixed mounting Size 1 65 65 a a Baugroe Size 3 140 55 280 280 4 200 6 400 Form Shape a Siemens * 10/2015 165 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A Introduction Overview All key product features at a glance * In-line design * Type-tested according to IEC EN 60947-3 * Voltage levels up to 690 V AC/440 V DC * 160 A to 630 A for LV HRC and BS 88 fuse links, according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1 * 2-, 3- and 4-pole versions available * 185 mm phase center distance of plug-in contacts * Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism * Electronic fuse monitoring (EFM) * Developed for switchgear in plug-in design * Horizontal or vertical mounting position * Front panel locked in ON position * Degree of protection IP41 3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses Overview of all components and accessory parts ] ^ \ [ _ X XW Z Y YY XX XY X^ YX YW XZ X] X X_ X\ X[ 1 166 3NJ62 switch disconnector basic device here in size 00, open, without front cover 11 Connection terminals 12 Stud terminal 2 Manual operating mechanism 13 Terminal cover 3 Motorized operating mechanism 14 Multifunction plug 4 Connection module 15 Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM 10) 5 Blanking cover 16 Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM 20/25) 6 Guide rails 17 Holder for measuring device without EFM 7 Busbar cover 18 Bimetal current measuring device 8 Contact extension 19 Moving-iron current measuring device 9 Current transformer 20 BS fuse 10 Current transformer bar 21 LV MRC fuse 22 Auxiliary switch Siemens * 10/2015 pYWYWYX[Y (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A Introduction Benefits Application Key advantages for switchboard manufacturers thanks to the following: * Compact, modular design * Simple and efficient mounting due to incoming plug-in contact * High packing density in the field * Cable connection with cable clamps or cable lugs * Can be mounted in different control cabinet depths * Comprehensive range of accessories The plug-in 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses are installed in low-voltage distribution boards where a minimum amount of space is available for a maximum number of cable ducts to the power distribution. They can be easily fitted in all common control cabinets (minimum depth: 400 mm). The advantages for users are: * Conversion, retrofitting and replacement without switching off the switchgear * Dead-state fuse replacement * Maintenance-free * High personal safety * Operating handle can be locked in OFF position * Clear and unambiguous switch position indicator The switch disconnectors can be retrofitted at any time with auxiliary switches, an ammeter (48 mm x 48 mm) and current transformers, with no extra space required. For installation in control cabinets with a depth > 400 mm, the mounting depth of the disconnectors can be increased by 200 mm using a contact extension. Further installation accessories, such as guide rails and blanking covers, complete the product range. The plug-in 3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses are available for rated uninterrupted currents from 160 A to 630 A. LV HRC fuse links according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1 (sizes 00 to 3) or BS fuse links according to BS 88 provide overload and short-circuit protection up to 690 V AC. Design Compact and modular design All sizes fit busbar systems with a 185 mm center-to-center clearance, have the same width and depth, as well as a uniform 50 mm grid with regard to mounting height (50, 100 and 200 mm). This enables an in-line disconnector panel to be set up with any combinations of different sizes. Subsequent replacement of in-line disconnectors of different sizes is easy. Furthermore, the user-friendly hinged handle is retractable in both the ON and the OFF states, so that the compact design is retained in both switch positions. Size 00, 160 A Size 2, 400 A, size 3, 630 A Siemens * 10/2015 167 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A Introduction Current transformers and current transformer busbar kits Size 00 00 with 1 current transformer 00 with 3 current transformers 00 with 4 current transformers Current transformer busbar kits, 21 mm, Article No. 3NJ69 20-3DB00 3NJ69 20-3DC00 3NJ69 20-3DD00 Current transformer busbar kits, 14 mm, Article No. 3NJ69 20-3DE00 3NJ69 20-3DF00 3NJ69 20-3DG00 Size 1 1 with 1 current transformer 1 with 3 current transformers 1 with 4 current transformers Current transformer busbar kits, 21 mm, Article No. 3NJ69 30-3DB00 3NJ69 30-3DC00 3NJ69 30-3DD00 Size 2/3 2/3 with 1 current transformer 2/3 with 3 current transformers 2/3 with 4 current transformers No current transformer busbar set required Connection methods All plug-in switch disconnectors supplied for cable lug connection as standard. Size Cable lug connection Terminal connection 00 1 x (10 mm2 ... 95 mm2) 2 x (16 mm2 ... 70 mm2) 1 x (10 mm2 ... 95 mm2) 1 1 x (25 mm2 ... 240 mm2) 2 x (25 mm2 ... 185 mm2 1 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2) 2/3 1 x (25 mm2 ... 300 mm2) 2 x (25 mm2 ... 240 mm2 2 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2) Ammeters According to DIN 43718, an ammeter with dimensions 48 mm x 48 mm can be used to measure the current. It can be a moving-iron measuring instrument or a bi-metal measuring instrument. A holder for the ammeter must be ordered as a separate accessory part. Holders for ammeters Ammeter (moving-iron measuring instrument, left) and (bi-metal measuring instrument, right) 168 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Function Operating principle Operation Personnel safety The plug-in switch disconnectors are fitted with a snap-action mechanism and are switched by turning the handle approx. 45. Once actuated, the handle is folded against the front panel in the ON or OFF position for safety reasons. The switch disconnectors are type tested according to IEC 60947-3 and have IP41 degree of protection in the operating state. A unique switch position indication is output by the indicator in the inspection window of the in-line disconnector (ON "I" = red, OFF "O" = green). The switch position indicator is mechanically linked to the moving switching contacts. Voltage test In the event of a voltage test on the fuse links, the transparent insert in the front panel is opened. The special interlocking mechanism on the handle ensures that the in-line disconnector must be switched off before it is possible to open the cover and remove the fuse. A switchgear key according to DIN 43668 is also required to open the cover. In the OFF position, the handle can also be padlocked to protect against unintentional restarting. Disconnection during the switching operation (snap-action mechanism) is implemented before and after the fuse link. This ensures that, if power is supplied over the busbars or via the cable connecting side, the fuse links are in a dead state when switched off. Switch position OFF ON "OFF" position, display "ON" position, display "OFF" position, operating lever in changeable position "ON" position, operating lever in changeable position "OFF" position, operating lever in end position "ON" position, operating lever in end position Siemens * 10/2015 169 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Fuse monitoring Fuse monitoring is used to detect, indicate and report faults. The electronic fuse monitors are available in 2 versions. EFM10 electronic fuse monitor: * For use up to 690 V AC * Operational voltage < 20 V * Display: Ready-to-run * Individual fault display per phase * 1 CO contact as centralized fault signaling unit EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor and line monitor: * EFM20 for use up to 690 V AC, EFM25 for use up to 440 V DC * Operational voltage < 13 V (EFM20) < 20 V (EFM25) * Test function * Closed-circuit principle or open-circuit principle * 2 CO contacts as centralized fault signaling unit incl. line monitoring functions with phase failure detection (EFM20), undervoltage/overvoltage detection EFM10 electronic fuse monitor EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor 170 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Configuration Installation data 3NJ62 switch disconnectors Rated current Size Height requirements of in-line disconnectors Type A 3NJ62 0 160 00 50 3NJ62 1 250 1 100 3NJ62 2 400 2 200 3NJ62 3 630 3 200 Further built-in components Designation mm Height requirements mm Type 3NJ69 00-4CB00 Blanking covers for empty compartments / connection module 50 3NJ69 15-3BA00 400 A connection module for device compartment (without front panel) 50 Rated currents * Rated currents of device sizes = 0.8 x IN of the biggest fuse link * For summation current of all feeders in the SIVACON cubicle 2000 A Device size Fuses IN Rated current = 0.8 x IN A A 00 160 125 80 125 100 64 1 250 224 125 200 180 100 2 400 355 315 320 284 252 3 630 500 400 504 400 320 Configuration rules Configuration rules for ventilated SIVACON cubicles with 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses * For the fully equipped cubicle, the rated diversity factor according to IEC 60439-1 applies. Failure to comply with these instructions may lead to premature aging of fuses and uncontrolled tripping as a result of local overheating. * All data refers to an ambient temperature of the switchgear of 35 C (24-hour average value). Rated diversity factor according to IEC 60439-1 Number of main circuits Rated diversity factor 2 and 3 0.9 4 and 5 0.8 6 to 9 inclusive 0.7 10 and more 0.6 Siemens * 10/2015 171 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Conversion factors for other ambient temperatures Ambient temperature of the system C Conversion factor 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 1.1 1.07 1.04 1.00 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8 Rated current of the fuse links Summation current of all feeders in the cubicle 2000 A = 0.8 x IN of the fuse Permissible exceptions: Summation current of all feeders in cubicle 1500 A In-line disconnector arrangement Size 00 to 2 = 0.90 x IN Size 3 = 0.85 x IN Group formation is not permitted in this case. Every size 00 and 1 device must be assigned a 50 mm high blanking cover. Equipment in the cubicle, from top to bottom, decreasing from size 3 to size 00 Size 2 in-line disconnectors > 280 A continuous load current As far as possible, size 3 in-line disconnectors > 440 A continuous load current should be distributed over different cubicles. Blanking covers Permissible current Total covered height to be allocated With ventilation slots, 50 mm high (continuous load current at 35C system ambient temperature) (for recommended arrangement of blanking covers, see right) Size 3 in-line disconnectors 440 A to 500 A of single (group formation not permissible) device 200 mm = 4 units per in-line disconnector Arrangement of in-line disconnectors + associated blanking covers IN x 0.8 = 500 A = permissible continuous load current IN = 630 A < 440 A of single device 150 mm = 3 units per in-line disconnector e. g. IN = 500 A 320 A of single device Size 2 in-line disconnectors (group formation not permissible) 50 mm = 1 unit per in-line disconnector e. g. IN = 355 A Groups of in-line disconnectors 400 A = summation current of fuse links Sizes 00 and 1 group x 0.8 100 mm = 2 units per group IN = 80 A IN = 125 A IN = 125 A IN = 160 A 100 mm = 2 units per group IN = 16 A IN = 20 A Any sized groups of in-line disconnectors of size 00 64 A of single device In combination with size 2 and 3 in one cubicle, the rated currents are 280 A for size 2 and 440 A for size 3. Devices with size 2 and 3 must be allocated blanking covers (see above). 172 Siemens * 10/2015 IN = 63 A IN = 80 A IN x 0.8 = 400 A = permissible continuous load current IN x 0.8 = 284 A = permissible continuous load current Total IN x 0.8 400 A = permissible continuous load current n n-1 2 1 (Total 1 to IN) x = permissible continuous load current =rated diversity factor n = 4 and 5 = 0.8 n = 6 to 9 = 0.7 n 10 = 0.6 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Assignment of blanking covers with 50 mm high ventilation slots Group Single device Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Summation current Permissible Summation current Permissible of group 500 A continuous load of group = 500 A continuous load current 400 A current 40 A IN = 80 A IN = 125 A IN = 125 A IN = 160 A Summation current of group 490 A x 0.8 = 392 A IN = 250 A IN = 250 A 2 blanking covers/group Summation current of group 500 A x 0.8 = 400 A Permissible continuous load current of single device 320 A e. g. IN = 355 A Permissible continuous load current of single device 440 A 0.8 x IN = 280 A 0.8 x IN = 400 A e. g. IN = 500 A 1 blanking cover/device 2 blanking covers/group 3 blanking covers/device 440 A >I 500 A = 500 A IN = 630 A 4 blanking covers/device Permissible Group continuous load current of single device 64 A Group Size 00 Size 00 with IN 80 A IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = 20 A 32 A 32 A 40 A 40 A 50 A 50 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A Example: Sizes 00 and 1 Group size 00 and sizes 2 and 3 When combining size 00 IN 80 A with other sizes, in the case of sizes 2 to 3, the rated currents must be reduced to 0.7 x IN: Any group size, up to 33 in-line disconnectors/ panel 16 A 26 A 26 A 32 A 32 A 40 A 40 A 64 A 64 A 64 A 64 A 64 A 2 blanking covers/group IN = 40 A IN = 100 A IN = 100 A IN = 250 A Summation current of group 490 A x 0.8 = 392 A 2 blanking covers/group IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = IN = 20 A 32 A 32 A 40 A 40 A 50 A 50 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A Size 2 IN = 400 A Size 3 IN = 630 A The assignment of blanking covers for devices of sizes 1 to 3 must be observed (see adjacent example of an incomplete cubicle). Rated current: 280 A Rated current: 440 A Siemens * 10/2015 173 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Technical specifications Main devices of sizes 00 and 1 Size 00 Switch disconnectors with fuses Type 3NJ62... 1 NH BS Breaking capacity ...02-3 ...02-4 ...43-3 ...53-3 ...62-3 ...62-4 H H H Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000 Rated operational current Ie A ...03-1 ...04-1 ...04-2 S - 160 125 ...03-3 ...03-4 ...12-3 ...12-4 ...13-1 ...14-1 ...14-2 ...13-3 ...13-4 ...63-3 ...63-4 ...72-3 ...72-4 ...74-1 ...74-2 ...73-3 ...73-4 H H S H - - 63 100 160 For LV HRC fuse links according to IEC 60269 - - 00 and 000 160 125 250 1 For BS fuse links according to BS 88 A3 A3 00T1) B2 690 -- -- -230 Rated operational voltage Ue * At 50/60Hz rated frequency * At DC V V -440 500 -- 690 -- 500 -- 690 -- 690 230 440 AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B kA kA 100 66 60 60 100 66 60 60 A A A -630 -- -1000 -- ---- ---- 480 --- 375 --- --1600 --1250 ---- A A A -504 -- -800 -- ---- ---- 480 --- 375 --- --1280 --1000 ---- Utilization category Rated conditional short-circuit current * Short-circuit strength (rms value) * Short-circuit making capacity (rms value) 100 55 100 55 66 ---- 750 --- --2500 ---- 750 --- --2000 Rated making capacity * P.f. = 0.65 * P.f. = 0.45 * P.f. = 0.35 Rated breaking capacity * P.f. = 0.65 * P.f. = 0.45 * P.f. = 0.35 Endurance Operating cycles total 2000 1600 1600 * Electrical (690 V, p.f. = 0.65) 300 200 200 43 78 Power losses (without fuse links) W 7 Permissible ambient temperature C -5...+55 17 Permissible mounting position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection Degree of protection (in operating state) IP41 Connection type Main conductor connections Cable lug connection * Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu, solid or stranded) according to DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al) * Screw size * Torque mm2 1x 10-95 2x 16-70 1x 25-240 2x 25-70 Nm M8 15 M12 30 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 Nm 1x 10-50 1x 10-50 1x 16-95 1x 16-95 15 1x 16-185 1x 16-150 1x 35-240 1x 35-300 25 Terminal connection * * * * * 1) Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se Required torque The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to BS 88. 174 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Main devices of sizes 2 and 3 Size Switch disconnectors with fuses Type 3NJ62... 2 3 NH ...22-3 ...22-4 BS ...82-3 ...82-4 ...23-1 ...24-1 ...24-2 ...23-3 ...23-4 ...32-3 ...32-4 ...33-1 ...34-1 ...34-2 ...33-3 ...33-4 ...83-3 ...83-4 ...92-3 ...92-4 ...94-1 ...94-2 ...93-3 ...93-4 ...33-3 ...33-4 H Breaking capacity S H H S Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000 A 400 630 For fuse links according to IEC 60269 2 and 1 3 and 2 For BS fuse links according to BS 88 B4 3T1) H Rated operational current Ie * For fuse links according to IEC 60269/BS88 500 630 500 690 -- 500 -- 690 -- Rated operational voltage Ue * At 50/60Hz rated frequency * At DC V V Utilization category -230 -440 690 -- 230 -- 440 -- 500 -- DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B 100 55 66 60 60 100 55 66 Rated conditional short-circuit current * Short-circuit strength (rms value) * Short-circuit making capacity (rms value) kA kA 60 60 A A A ---- ---- 1200 --- --4000 ---- ---- 1890 --- 1500 --- --6300 --5000 A A A ---- ---- 1200 --- --3200 ---- ---- 1890 --- 1500 --- --5040 --4000 Rated making capacity * P.f. = 0.65 * P.f. = 0.45 * P.f. = 0.35 Rated breaking capacity * P.f. = 0.65 * P.f. = 0.45 * P.f. = 0.35 Endurance Operating cycles total 1000 1000 * Electrical (690 V, p.f. = 0.65) 200 200 357 Power losses (without fuse links) W 158 Permissible ambient temperature C -5...+55 Permissible mounting position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection Degree of protection (in operating state) IP41 Connection type Main conductor connections Cable lug connection Conductor cross-section * Al/Cu, solid or stranded according to DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al) * Screw size * Torque mm2 1x 25-300 2x 25-240 1x 25-300 2x 25-240 Nm 2x M12 30 2x M12 30 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 Nm 2x 2x 2x 2x 25 2x 2x 2x 2x 25 Terminal connection * * * * * 1) Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se Required torque 16-185 16-150 35-240 35-300 16-185 16-150 35-240 35-300 The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to BS 88. Siemens * 10/2015 175 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Electronic fuse monitor, DC version (EFM 25) Auxiliary switches Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 Size Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000 Apparent power consumption S Rated operational current Ie * * * * At AC 15, Ue = 120 V At AC 15, Ue = 230 V At AC 15, Ue = 400 V At AC 15, Ue = 690 V A A A A 8 6 4 2 Electronic fuse monitor, AC version (EFM 10) Size 00 Apparent power consumption S VA 1 2/3 Approx. 2.5 Internal resist. of measurement circuit M Rin > 6 C Storage temperature Operating temperature C Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) C - 20 ... + 80 - 5 ... + 55 - 5 ... + 35 Protection rating in closed in-line disconnector IP40 00 VA 1 2/3 Approx. 2.5 Internal resist. of measurement circuit M Rin > 6 C Storage temperature Operating temperature C Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) C - 20 ... + 80 - 5 ... + 55 - 5 ... + 35 Protection rating in closed in-line disconnector IP40 Rated operating voltage of the main control switching devices V DC 220 ... 440 Voltage limits % 15 Undervoltage Overvoltage V V 200 240 Voltage drop for faulty fuses V > 20 Delay time s 0.1 Relay 2 Same as relay 1 (fuse monitor) Rated operating voltage of the main control switching devices V AC 230 ... 690 Hz 50/60 Storage function Off Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle Voltage limits % 15 Mode Run mode Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 A kV V Ith = 1.5 Uimp = 4 Ui = 250 Menu option Display of voltage values/ messages V A A 24 1 1.5 Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 Load capacity of the signaling relay * Ue * DC - 13; Ie * AC - 15; Ie 125 0.2 240 0.1 Max. fuse protection DIAZED 2 A gLgG Short-circuit protection A kV V Ith = 1.5 Uimp = 4 Ui = 250 1 changeover contact for fuse monitoring only 1 changeover contact as output for central fault OR as signaling relay 1 (presetting) Signaling relay 1 Signaling relay 2 Electronic fuse monitor, AC version (EFM 20) Load capacity of the signaling relay Size 00 Apparent power consumption S VA 1 2/3 Approx. 2.5 Internal resist. of measurement circuit M Rin > 6 C Storage temperature Operating temperature C Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) C - 20 ... + 80 - 5 ... + 55 - 5 ... + 35 Protection rating in closed in-line disconnector IP40 * Ue * DC - 13; Ie * AC - 15; Ie Voltage limits % 15 Undervoltage Overvoltage V V 375 425 Voltage drop for faulty fuses V > 13 Slave pointer Delay time s 0.1 * Moving-iron measuring instruments * Bi-metal measuring instruments Overload * Moving-iron measuring instruments * Bi-metal measuring instruments Same as relay 1 (fuse monitor) Storage function Off Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle Mode Run mode Menu option Display of voltage values/messages Ith = 1.5 Uimp = 4 Ui = 250 Load capacity of the signaling relay * Ue * DC - 13; Ie * AC - 15; Ie V A A Short-circuit protection 176 Siemens * 10/2015 24 1 1.5 125 0.2 1.2 times 2 times min min -15 Power consumption 1 changeover contact for fuse monitoring only 1 changeover contact as output for central fault OR as signaling relay 1 (presetting) Signaling relay 2 240 0.1 x /1 A or x /5 A Inputs Relay 2 Signaling relay 1 125 0.2 Ammeters V AC 230 ... 690 Hz 50/60 A kV V 24 1 1.5 Max. fuse protection DIAZED 2 A gLgG Short-circuit protection Rated operating voltage of the main control switching devices Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 V A A 240 0.1 Max. fuse protection DIAZED 2 A gLgG * Moving-iron measuring instruments * Bi-metal measuring instruments VA VA 0.6 1 Motorized operating mechanism Size 00 Supply voltage V DC 24 2 Power consumption A 1.1 1 1.3 Endurance (no limitation of switch disconnector according to IEC 60947-3) Operating cycles total 1600 200 Switch cycles under load Signal duration s Min. 0.5 or continuous signal 2/3 2.8 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Dimensional drawings 3-pole 3NJ62 switch disconnector, top view 550 525 90 185 185 30 200 206 18 10 35 121 NSE0_01874 590 24,5 8 49 3NJ62 0, size 00 NSE0_01875 590 NSE0_00259b 3NJ62 1, size 1 Guide pin 49 33 99 Plug-in contact NSE0_01876 590 NSE0_00261b 21 NSE0_00263b 49 33 21 NSE0_01877 21 49 21 198 3NJ62 3 and 3NJ62 4, sizes 2 and 3 NSE0_00264b 590 Clearance between phases Alternating voltage versions, 3-pole 550 525 12,5 77,5 185 185 L1 L2 10 L3 NSE0_01878 Siemens * 10/2015 177 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Ammeters Bi-metal measuring instrument Moving-iron measuring instrument 48 50 48 3,2 39 5 28 5 45 -0,3 +0,1 48 37 NSE0_01098 NSE0_01097 7 Snap-on mounting Left: View from the front Right: View from the right Snap-on mounting Left: View from the front Right: View from the right Current transformers Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, sizes NH00 and NH1 with feed-through opening AE 21 mm 45 Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, sizes 2 and 3 58 45 36,75 65 32 27 64,5 21 10,5 88,5 85,5 NSE0_01929 24 30 50 40 44 Top: View from the top Bottom left: View from the front Bottom right: View from the right Top: View from the top Bottom left: View from the front Bottom right: View from the right Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, sizes 00 and 1 with feed-through opening 14 mm 30 45 NSE0_01965 27 24 30 178 44 Siemens * 10/2015 65 64,5 14 70 16 30,5 40,5 30 NSE0_01930 71 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Circuit diagrams Typical circuit diagrams L1 L2 L3 NSE0_02124 NSE0_02126 L1 L2 L3 F1 F2 F3 F1 F2 F3 13 11 13 11 T1 3 1 4 2 K L 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired on 1 ammeter, with 1 NO and 1 NC 3 4 T1 K L A K T2 L T3 1 2 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 K L Typical circuit diagram with 3 current transformers wired to multi-function plug, with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact L1 L2 L3 NSE0_02125 NSE0_02127 L1 L2 L3 F1 F2 F3 F1 F2 F3 13 11 T1 3 1 4 2 K L 12 14 1 2 13 11 3 4 1 2 K T1 L A 12 14 1 2 Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug, with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired on 1 ammeter, with 1 NO and 1 NC Siemens * 10/2015 179 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data NSE0_02124 L1 L2 L3 F1 F2 F3 13 11 3 4 T1 K L A K T2 L T3 K L 1 2 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 Typical circuit diagram with 3 current transformers wired on 1 ammeter and multi-function plug, with 1 NO and 1 NC 180 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A General data Position of the terminals and current transformers L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L3 L2 L3 L2 L1 NSE0_01926 Position of the terminals for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, size 00 Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L1 L3 L2 L2 L3 L1 L3 NSE0_01927 Position of the terminals for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, size 1 Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right L1 L2 L3 L3 L2 L1 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 NSE0_01928 Positions of the terminals in the case of 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, sizes 2/3 Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right Siemens * 10/2015 181 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Overview All key product features at a glance * Box terminals available for all sizes * Connection of circular conductors and laminated conductors * Fuse monitoring possible throughout * Busbar supports can be built over * Conversion of 5/10 mm thick busbars without parts which can be lost or broken off * Convertibility of cable feeder at top/bottom without intervention in the internal conducting paths * Optimum integration in various system environments through cover levels and on busbar systems with/without base * Touch protection also with rear incoming feeder * Fuses are removed using a release shaft without the fuses being touched * All units can be sealed and locked 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors Overview of all components and accessory parts [ _ Z \ X ] Y ^ XW XX Z NSG0_00235 [ YW XZ XY X\ X X[ X] 182 XX Box terminal XY Auxiliary conductor connection for box terminal Reach-around protection for Siemens busbar system XZ Flat connector [ Reach-around protection for Rittal busbar system X[ Auxiliary conductor connection for flat connector \ Locking device X\ Deep-drawn connection module ] Auxiliary switch with actuator X] Prism terminal ^ Molded-plastic masking frame X^ Auxiliary conductor connection for prism terminal _ Fuse carrier with MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring X_ Saddle terminal Fuse carrier with EFM 10 electronic fuse monitoring X Cable connection cover XW Fuse carrier with EFM 20/25 electronic fuse monitoring YW Cable connection cover with rear reach-around protection X 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector Y Cover masking frame support Z Siemens * 10/2015 X_ X^ (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Benefits Advantages during planning and configuration * Low level of equipment variation due to easy convertibility of cable feeder at top/bottom (delivered from factory with cable feeder at bottom) * Only one device variant for applications in industry and infrastructure thanks to touch and reach-around protection as a standard feature * Uniform grid sizes for easy configuration Advantages during operation and service * The optional rear covers for the cable connections ensure optimum touch protection even for switchgear assemblies with rear access * Innovative design enables the highest safety for equipment and personnel * Fuses can be released and removed using a release shaft * Lockable and sealable design enables safe working and prevents unauthorized access Advantages during installation * Only one device version is required for cable feeders at top/bottom and there is no need to intervene in the internal conducting paths * One device version with very high short-circuit values dispenses with having to order and install arc splitters to increase the electrical values * On all sizes it is possible to install two CO contacts for indicating the switching position * All devices feature all-round touch protection * Box terminals are available for all sizes and shorten the mounting time appreciably * Snapping on the sizes NH000 and NH00 shortens the mounting time greatly compared to fixing with screws * The screw-fixing method on sizes NH1, NH2 and NH3 provides for easy positioning and at the same time secure contacting of the larger and heavier device versions * Small space requirement through compact devices and busbar supports which can be built over * Device versions for busbar mounting can be converted to 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars without parts which can be lost or broken off Application Possible uses Mounting 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors can be used for protecting and switching the most diverse electrical loads: * Motor starter combinations * In conjunction with SITOR semiconductor fuses for the protection of frequency converters and soft starters * Fusing of compensation modules * Cable feeders * Group fusing of small loads Floor mounting Sizes 1, 2, 3 System cover (alternative) 45 70 Sizes 000, 00 NSG0_00236 The devices are optimized for operation in all kinds of system environments: * Low-voltage switchgear assemblies for power distribution and MCCs (e.g. main and sub-distribution boards) * Distribution systems with cover levels of 32 and 70 mm or 45 and 70 mm * Mechanical engineering * Railway applications Mounting plate 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for floor mounting Busbar mounting Mounting on Siemens 8US busbar systems with 32/70 mm cover level Mounting on Rittal Riline 60 busbar systems with base Fuse monitors are used to detect, indicate and report faults: * MFM - electromechanical fuse monitoring for AC/DC networks * EFM 10 - electronic fuse monitoring for AC networks * EFM 20 - electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for AC networks * EFM 25 - electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for DC networks 70 32 Fuse monitoring NSG0_00237 Base Mounting plate Busbar support Busbar support 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for busbar mounting Standards and specifications The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are compliant with: * IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 * IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 Siemens * 10/2015 183 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC / EN 60947-1, IEC / EN 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 7 3NP1123... 3NP1133... 3NP1143... 3NP1153... 3NP1163... Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 1601) 160 250 400 630 For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 000 00 and 000 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2 Conventional free air thermal current Ith A 160 160 250 400 630 V V V 690 440 220/240 690 440 220/240 690 440 220/240 690 440 220/240 690 440 220/240 Type Rated operational voltage Ue * At 50 Hz/60 Hz AC * With DC (3 conducting paths series-connected) * With DC (2 conducting paths series-connected) * With utilization category AC-20 or DC-20 V 1000 Rated insulation voltage Ui2) Max. V 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 8 Rated cond. short-circuit current with fuses (by fast switch on) Size/A 000/160 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630 * Rated current at 500 V/690 V AC kA 80/50 80/50 80/50 80/50 80/50 * Permissible let-through current of the fuses, peak value kA 10 15 25 40 50 Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector) Size/A 000/160 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630 * Rated current at 500 V/690 V, rms value kA 120/100 120/100 120/100 100/100 100/100 * Let-through I2t value kA2s 56 158 780 2150 5400 * Permissible let-through current of the fuses, peak value kA 15 23 32 40 60 Rated making capacity with isolating blades at 500 V AC kA 2 6 17 17 17 Rated making and breaking capacity * At AC-21B, 22B, 23B 400 V AC A 160 160 250 400 630 * At AC-21B * At AC-22B * At AC-23B 500 V AC 500 V AC 500 V AC A A A 160 125 40 160 160 63 250 250 200 400 400 315 630 630 500 * At AC-21 B * At AC-22B * At AC-23B 690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC A A A 160 50 25 160 125 35 250 250 100 400 400 125 630 500 200 * With DC-21B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC * With DC-22B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC * With DC-23B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC A A A 160 100 80 160 160 100 250 250 200 400 400 250 630 630 400 * With DC-21B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC * With DC-22B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC * With DC-23B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC A A A 100 50 25 160 125 63 250 200 100 400 315 160 630 500 250 At 400 V AC * Capacitor rating * Rated current In kvar A 50 72 50 72 50 72 50 72 50 72 At 525 V AC * Capacitor rating * Rated current In kvar A 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 Permissible ambient temperature3) C -25 ... +55 for operation, -50 ... +80 during storage Capacitor switching capacity 2000 Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 2000 1600 1000 1000 Degree of protection (operator side) Without molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover IP30 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open) With molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover IP40 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open) Power loss of the switch at Ith (plus fuses) W 9 12 23 34 48 Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse)4) W 7.55) 12 23 34 48 Up to 95 (M8) Up to 150 (M10) Up to 240 (M10) Up to 300 (M10) Max. conductor cross-section of main conductor connection Flat terminals mm2 Box terminals mm2 1.5 ... 50 6 ... 70 70 ... 185 120 ... 240 150 ... 300 Prism terminal mm2 -- 35 ... 95 70 ... 150 120 ... 240 150 ... 300 Saddle terminals mm2 -- 1.5 ... 70 70 ... 120 120 ... 240 150 ... 300 Laminated conductors in box terminal mm 8x8 9x8 10 x 20 10 x 32 20 x 32 Rated operational current of auxiliary switch (at max. 250 V AC) 3NP19...-1FA00 auxiliary switch A 0.25 (Ith = 5 A) 3NP19...-1FB00 auxiliary switch (solid-state compatible) A 0.1 (Ith = 0.1 A) Permissible mounting position 1) 160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00, otherwise max. 100 A. 2) Up to pollution degree 2, above this Ui = 690 V 3) Only with isolating links; otherwise, please observe specifications of fuse manufacturer. 184 Siemens * 10/2015 Vertical and horizontal (no derating) 4) Values are valid when using LV HRC (NH) fuse systems with characteristic gG. If using fuses for semiconductor protection, please refer to the assignment table, see page 185. 5) For operation up to 160 A, max. 9W. (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses Overview The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for all fuses in LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, chapter "Fuse Systems". SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used, although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line protection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this reason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current In of the device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device. Note If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating is required due to the lower heat dissipation. The following table shows the permissible load currents of the SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3NP1. The values were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified in the table. SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in: 3NP1 for floor mounting Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operati- Size onal class Required conductor crosssection Cu Type Size mm 3NP1 for busbar mounting Permissible Type load current 4) Size A Permissible load current 4) 5) A V AC 3NC23.. 150 500 gR 3 70 3NP1163 3 140 3NP1163 3 A 150 3NC2425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3NP1163 3 175 3NP1163 3 190 3NC2427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3NP1163 3 220 3NP1163 3 237 3NC2428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3NP1163 3 250 3NP1163 3 285 3NC2431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3NP1163 3 320 3NP1163 3 332 3NC2432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3NP1163 3 370 3NP1163 3 380 3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3 500 3NP1163 3 500 3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3NP1163 3 280 3NP1163 3 285 3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3NP1163 3 340 3NP1163 3 340 3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3NP1163 3 400 3NP1163 3 425 3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3 460 3NP1163 3 535 3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3NP1163 3 120 3NP1163 3 140 3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3NP1163 3 160 3NP1163 3 190 3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3NP1163 3 200 3NP1163 3 240 3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3NP1163 3 270 3NP1163 3 300 3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3NP1163 3 385 3NP1163 3 385 3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3NP1133 00 80 3NP1133 00 80 3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3NP1133 00 100 3NP1133 00 100 3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3NP1133 00 95 3NP1133 00 95 3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3NP1133 00 120 3NP1133 00 120 3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3NP1133 00 115 3NP1133 00 115 3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 160 160 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 160 160 3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 150 200 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 152 200 3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 150 160 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 152 160 3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 180 190 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 180 190 3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 235 250 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 238 250 3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 220 235 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 213 235 3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3NP1153 2 290 3NP1153 2 315 3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 278 380 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 315 400 3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 315 340 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 350 350 3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 300 330 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 330 350 3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP1153 2 340 3NP1153 2 380 3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 328 370 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 360 400 3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3 450 3NP1163 3 430 3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3 430 3NP1163 3 420 3NE1334-0 3NE1334-2/-3 500 500 690 690 gS gR 2 2 2x 120 2x 120 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 500 475 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 450 450 Siemens * 10/2015 185 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in: 3NP1 for floor mounting Type1)2) Rated current In A V AC 3NE1435-0 3NE1435-2/-3 560 560 3NE1436-0 3NE1436-2/-3 Operati- Size onal class Required conductor crosssection Cu 690 690 gS gR 3 3 630 630 690 690 gS gR 3NE1437-0 3NE1437-1 3NE1437-2/-3 710 710 710 690 600 690 3NE1438-0 3NE1438-1 3NE1438-2/-3 800 800 800 3NE1447-2/-3 3NE1448-2/-3 Rated voltage 3) 3NP1 for busbar mounting Type Size 2x 150 2x 150 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 560 555 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 520 510 3 3 2x 185 2x 185 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 630 620 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 585 570 gS gR gR 3 3 3 2x (40x5) 2x (40x5) 2x (40x5) ---- ---- ---- 3NP1163 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 3 605 590 580 690 600 690 gS gR gR 3 3 3 2x (50x5) 2x (50x5) 2x (50x5) ---- ---- ---- 3NP1163 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 3 630 610 600 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3 575 850 690 gR 3 2x (40x8) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3 630 3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 40 40 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 40 40 3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 35 35 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 35 35 3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 16 16 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 16 16 3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 20 20 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 20 20 3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 25 25 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 25 25 3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 50 50 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 50 50 3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 63 63 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 63 63 3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 80 80 3NP1123 3NP1133 000 00 80 80 3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 88 95 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 95 100 3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 102 110 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 113 125 3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 130 140 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 140 150 3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 163 175 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 170 180 3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 195 210 3NP1143 3NP1153 1 2 200 215 3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3NP1153 2 270 3NP1153 2 265 3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3NP1153 2 290 3NP1153 2 280 3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3NP1153 2 320 3NP1153 2 310 3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3NP1153 2 360 3NP1153 2 330 3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 330 360 3NP1163 -- 3 -- 360 -- mm Permissible Type load current 4) Size A Permissible load current 4) 5) A 3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP1163 3 375 3NP1163 3 390 3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP1163 3 420 3NP1163 3 415 3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP1163 3 475 3NP1163 3 460 3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP1163 3 540 3NP1163 3 500 3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3 580 3NP1163 3 500 3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3NP1163 3 605 3NP1163 3 500 3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3NP1163 3 630 3NP1163 3 500 3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3NP1143 1 30 3NP1143 1 32 3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3NP1143 1 35 3NP1143 1 40 3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3NP1143 1 42 3NP1143 1 50 3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3NP1143 1 55 3NP1143 1 60 3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3NP1143 1 71 3NP1143 1 76 3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3NP1143 1 84 3NP1143 1 93 3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3NP1143 1 107 3NP1143 1 115 3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3NP1143 1 134 3NP1143 1 144 3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 195 215 3NP1163 3NP1163 3 3 220 220 3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3NP1153 3NP1163 2 3 240 270 3NP1163 -- 3 -- 255 -- 3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP1163 3 370 3NP1163 3 355 186 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in: 3NP1 for floor mounting Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operati- Size onal class Required conductor crosssection Cu Type Size mm 3NP1 for busbar mounting Permissible Type load current 4) Size A V AC 3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP1163 3 410 3NP1163 3 390 3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3NP1163 3 540 3NP1163 3 500 3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3NP1133 00 25 3NP1133 00 25 3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3NP1133 00 32 3NP1133 00 35 3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3NP1133 00 43 3NP1133 00 50 3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3NP1133 00 52 3NP1133 00 60 3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3NP1133 00 65 3NP1133 00 72 3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3NP1133 00 85 3NP1133 00 85 3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3NP1133 00 100 3NP1133 00 100 3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3NP1133 00 120 3NP1133 00 115 1) Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally and only at zero current. 2) For permissible load currents for 3NE8...-0MK, see Configuration Manual "Fuse Systems", or on request. 3) 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors may be operated at up to 1000 V AC/DC with the following restrictions: - Pollution degree 2 (instead of 3) - AC20/DC20 - i. e. must not be switched under load 4) In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced (precise values on request). 5) Values apply if used with 30 x 10 mm rails; for size 00: 12 x 5 mm and top busbar connection - values for other configurations available on request. A Permissible load current 4) 5) A Siemens * 10/2015 187 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams Dimensional drawings Handle positions K M L N F I E C A H G J B A, B C D I201_18926 Dimensions (mm) 3NP1123-1CA20 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 76,6 -- 60,6 71,6 88,8 141,7 -- -- 110,4 45 -- -- -- -- Handle positions, size 000 188 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams K M L F I G H N J E C A B D A, B C D I201_18927 Dimensions (mm) 3NP1133-1CA10 3NP1133-1CA20 3NP1133-1BB.0 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 86,5 86,5 -- -- -- 111,5 63,7 63,7 63,7 87,7 87,7 87,7 105,8 105,8 105,8 202 200 -- -- -- 210,2 -- -- 196 184 184 184 45 45 -- -- -- 70 -- -- 32 -- -- 26 -- -- 51 Handle positions, size 00 Siemens * 10/2015 189 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams G 298 E 306 J 70 I 32 A C D B H F A, B C D I201_18928 Dimensions (mm) 3NP1143-1DA.0 3NP1153-1DA.0 3NP1163-1DA.0 A B C D E F G H I J 115 129,9 138,5 -- -- -- 180 200 200 186 207 207 -- -- -- 183,7 209,4 249,4 275,6 280 280 -- 90 90 -- -- -- -- -- -- Handle positions, sizes 1, 2 and 3 190 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams Standard rail mounting Floor mounting 88,8 70 32 I201_18929 298 64,8 280 184 76,9 45 I201_18931 Standard rail mounting, size 000 Floor mounting in distribution boards Busbar mounting A 70 70 32 298 280 194 C I201_18932 Z 184 B 32 I201_18929 Busbar mounting, sizes 000 and 00 on the left, sizes 1, 2, and 3 on the right Abmessungen (mm) 3NP1133-1CA10 3NP1133-1CA10 3NP1133-1CA20 3NP1133-1CA20 3NP1143-1CA .. 3NP1143-1CA .. Z 150 A 105,8 B 26 C 26 125 150 125 150 125 105,8 105,8 105,8 183,7 183,7 38,5 25 37,5 93 105,5 38,5 25 37,5 63 75,5 Standard rail mounting, size 00 Siemens * 10/2015 191 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams Hole drilling templates I201_18935 76,8 I201_18933 D E B C 141,7 A F 50 5 G 88,8 Dimensions (mm) Hole drilling template, size 000 3NP1143-1CA.0 3NP1153-1CA.0 3NP1163-1CA.0 A B C D E F G 306 306 306 138 138 138 50 50 50 150 166 195 130 130 160 11 11 11 184 210 250 I201_18934 Hole drilling template, sizess 1, 2 and 3 66 49 50 6 Mounting position 90 105,8 Hole drilling template, size 00 192 Siemens * 10/2015 Mounting position, size 00 90 90 I201_18936 40 12,5 202 12,5 101 75 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams Circuit diagrams AC applications L1 I201_18937 L2 L3 Circuit diagram for AC applications DC applications L+ I201_18938 L- Circuit diagram for 220 V/240 V DC applications L+ I201_18939 L- Circuit diagram for 440 V DC applications (floor mounting only) Siemens * 10/2015 193 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Overview Application The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideally suited for surface mounting and installation in distribution boards (e.g. ALPHA, SIKUS), meter cabinets (e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS), and molded-plastic distribution systems such as 8HP. The ability to mount them on a range of different busbar systems allows their very diverse implementation in switchgear cabinet and control engineering. The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideal for operation in combination with other switching devices, for example in capacitor modules for reactive-power compensation. In conjunction with semiconductor protection fuses (e.g. SITOR), these are used for the effective protection of frequency converters and soft starters. 3NP5 0 3NP5 2 3NP5 4 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector range 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are controls for the occasional manual switching/isolating of loads and distribution boards. They are able to switch on, control and switch off the specified rated current (including a specific overload). With the 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors, all poles of downstream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the system under load. The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for use in any climate and comply with standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and DIN VDE 0660 Part 107. In addition, the 3NP5 series of fuse switch disconnectors complies with the requirements of BS 5419 and is also approved for operation in marine applications. All 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be sealed as standard or using accessories. Permissible mounting position 10 180 180 180 NSE0_00182 3NP5 194 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 3NP50 3NP52 3NP53 3NP54 Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 160 250 400 630 For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 00 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2 Conventional free air thermal current Ith A 160 250 400 630 Rated operational voltage Ue * 50/60 Hz AC * DC V V 690 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected), 220 (2 conducting paths in series, fuse monitoring by 3RV) Type Rated insulation voltage Ui V 6901) 6901) 6901) 6901) Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6 6 Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses (by fast switch on) Rated current * At 500 V AC (rms value) Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) Size/A kA kA 00/160 50 15 1/250 50 25 2/400 50 40 3/630 50 50 Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector) * Rated current * At 500 V AC (rms value) * Maximum permissible let-through I2t value * Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) Size/A kA kA2s kA 00/160 100 223 23 1/250 100 780 32 2/400 50 2150 40 3/630 50 5400 60 Rated short-circuit making capacity with isolating blades2) * At 500 V AC (peak value) Size kA 00 6 1 17 2 17 3 17 Rated making and breaking capacity2) (infeed from top or bottom)3) Breaking current Ic * At p.f. = 0.35, rms value at 500 V * At p.f. = 0.35, rms value at 690 V * At p.f. = 0.35 and 400 V AC, with fuse links, rms value Rated operational current Ie * At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 400 V AC, with fuse links * At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 500 V AC, with fuse links * At AC-21B, AC-22B at AC 690 V * At AC-23B at AC 690 V Size 00 1 0 2 1 3 2 A A A 1300 800 1600 2500 1280 2500 1600 1000 1600 4000 2520 4000 2500 1600 2500 5040 3200 5040 4000 2520 4000 A A A A 160 160 160 100 250 250 250 160 160 160 160 125 400 400 400 315 250 250 250 200 630 630 630 400 400 400 400 315 At 220 (440) V DC, with 2 (3) conducting paths series-connected and fuse links: * Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) * Rated operational current Ie at DC-23B A A 640 160 1000 250 640 160 1600 400 1600 250 2520 630 1600 400 Capacitor switching capacity * Capacitor rating at 400 V AC * Rated current In at 525 V AC * Capacitor rating * Rated current In kvar A kvar A 80 116 100 110 90 130 125 137 Permissible ambient temperature C - 25 ... +55 for operation4), -50 ... +80 during storage Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 150 216 200 220 250 361 300 330 1600 Degree of protection * Without molded-plastic masking frame IP00, for 3NP52 with terminal clamp connection degree of protection IP10 IP30 IP10 * With molded-plastic masking frame with closed fuse carrier on the operator side * With molded-plastic masking frame with open fuse carrier Power loss of the switch at Ith (without power loss of the fuse links) Without busbar adapter W 7.8 (16.3)5) 7.5 15 39 Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse)6) W 12 23 37 50 Main conductor connections Flat terminal for connection of * Crimped cable lugs acc. to DIN 46234 (conductor cross-section, stranded) * Pressed cable lugs acc. to DIN 46235 (conductor cross-section, stranded) * Busbars (usable busbar width) mm2 mm2 mm 2.5 ... 120 16 ... 70 16 ... 22 6 ... 150 16 ... 150 22 ... 30 6 ... 240 16 ... 240 22 ... 30 6 ... 2 x 240 16 ... 2 x 240 22 ... 30 Clamp terminals mm2 2.5 ... 507) 35 ... 120 -- -- Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories) * At 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC, rated operational current Ie at AC-12/AC-15 A * Flat plug-in terminals (DIN 46244) A The same voltage potential must be applied to the NO and NC contacts 16/6 A 6.3 ... 0.8 Vertical or horizontal (switching capacity may be reduced with horizontal installation) Permissible mounting position Signaling contact for solid-state fuse monitoring * Rated operational current Ie at 250 V, DC-13 * Rated operational current Ieat 240 V, AC-15 * Thermal free-air rated current Ith A A A 2 NO + 1 NC 0.27 1.5 5 1) When observing degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) operation is also possible up to Ui = 1000 V. 4) When using isolating blades. If using fuse links, please observe the fuse manufacturer's specifications. 2) Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3: Rated making current I = 10 x Ie (AC-23); 3 x Ie (AC-22); 1.5 x Ie (AC-21); Rated breaking current Ie = 8 x Ie (AC-23); 3 x Ie (AC-22); 1.5 x Ie (AC-21). 5) With busbar adapter. 6) Values are valid when using LV HRC (NH) fuse systems with characteristic gG. If using fuses for semiconductor protection, please refer to the assignment table, see page 198. 7) When connecting one conductor. For 2 conductors max. 1 x 50 mm2 and 1 x 35mm2. 3) When electronic fuse monitors are used, infeed must be from the top. Siemens * 10/2015 195 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Dimensional drawings 3NP5660, 160 A For surface mounting 97,5 30 230 12 c 34 a 45 2 30 19 a b 3NY1105 135 215 3NY1115 135 215 95.5 38 3NY1106 135 290 144.5 64 3NY1108 135 290 144.5 64 3NY1208 149 250 115 d 95.5 38 53.5 Cutout for 3NY1208 mounting kit For plastic frame Cutout for 3NP5660, with and without auxiliary switch NSE0_00229a NSE0_00230a 70 5,8 300 c 205 196 161,5 NSE0_00228b 3NP5660, 160 A With fuse monitoring by 3RV1 circuit breaker, with connector Type 91 228 Auxiliary switches 30 135 126,5 143 130 134 191 207,5 22 36 36 134 36 b 165 97 84 63 M8 30 NSE0_00227b NSE0_00231a NSE0_00226a 173 196 63 70 O5,8 Molded-plastic masking frame 3NY1107 d 15 31 116 3NP5060, 160 A With molded-plastic masking frame for any type of installation 6 For metal frame Cutouts for 3NP5 228 h Type Molded-plastic masking frame behind panel H NSE0_00906b B Molded-plastic masking Panel cut-out min. frames Type 2) B H B H h1) 135 215 130 206 115 3NP566 3NY1105 3NP566 3NY1125 3NP526 3NY1210 222 300 210 293 146 3NP536 3NY1211 245 300 235 293 146 3NP546 3NY1212 290 300 280 293 146 Molded-plastic masking frame in the front of the panel 1) h = Distance from upper edge of panel cut-out to center of disconnector mounting. 2) With standard molded-plastic masking frame behind panel and corresponding panel cutout, the standard switching capacity is reduced to the following AC 23B values: At 400 V Ie 160 A, at 500 V from Ie 160 A to 125 A and At 690 V from Ie 100 A to 50 A Circuit diagrams 196 Siemens * 10/2015 Type B H B H h1) 3NP566 3NY1105 135 215 130 205 115 3NP566 3NY1208 149 250 143 191 -- 3NP526 3NY1210 220 300 210 262 132 3NP536 3NY1211 245 300 234 262 132 3NP546 3NY1212 290 300 279 262 132 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Introduction Function for auxiliary contacts - main contact elements with 3NP5 Off 20 Off 5 0 5 10 10 15 15 20 20 (1 NO) 13-14 21-22 (1 NC) 3NP50 60 (3 NO) 77 13-14 (1 NO) 21-22 (1 NC) 3NP52 60 (3 NO) 3NP53 60 (3 NO) 3NP54 60 (3 NO) 61 Contact closed Contact open Auxiliary switch 2 4 13 21 1 14 22 For 3NP40 1, and 3NP4. 7 NSE_00174e 15 On 1-4 (1 NO) 1-2 (1 NC) 3NP40 1,(3 NO) 3NP4. 7 0 70 For 3NP5 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector with fuse monitoring (with 3RV1 motor starter protector, with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC) Circuit diagram of main circuit Circuit diagram of auxiliary circuit 3 ~ ...H z ...V L 1 L 2 L 3 L1 1~ ...Hz ...V B K B U F2 F1 1 3 1 3 2 1 5 1 3 2 1 Q 2 Q 1 S0 1 4 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 > 2 1 > 33 1 > 4 6 Q2 34 N S E 0 _ 0 0 1 7 5 b S1 K1 Q1 = Fuse switch disconnector Q2 = Circuit breaker K1 = Contactor S1 = ON button S0 = OFF button F1 = Overload relay F2 = Control cable fuse NSE00176a B N W H K 1 F 1 N M 3 ~ K1 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector with electronic fuse monitoring Block diagram L1 L2 L3 LED indication Operation Fault F1 Fault F2 Fault F3 Voltages F1 F2 Resistor network F3 Microcontroller Switching stage Synchronization signals Parameterization Power supply unit 11 12 23 24 33 34 L1' L2' L3' NSE0_00177a Version "A" (open-circuit principle): Auxiliary switches pick up only if fuse defective and voltage is applied. Version "R" (closed-circuit principle): Auxiliary contact elements pick up only provided voltage is present and fuses are intact. X1 Signal leads 6 BN 5 4 BK BU 3 2 GY WH 1 RD Siemens * 10/2015 197 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses Overview 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for all fuses in LV HRC design, see Catalog LV10, chapter "Fuse Systems". SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used, although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line protection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this reason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current In of the device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device. Note If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating is required due to the lower heat dissipation. The following table shows the permissible load currents of the SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3NP5. The values were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified in the table. SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3NP5 for floor mounting Type 3NP5 Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3NP5 Size Size A V AC 150 500 gR 3 70 3NP54 3 145 -- -- -- 3NC2425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3NP54 3 180 -- -- -- 3NC2427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3NP54 3 225 -- -- -- 3NC2428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3NP54 3 255 -- -- -- 3NC2431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3NP54 3 330 -- -- -- 3NC2432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3NP54 3 400 -- -- -- 3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 530 -- -- -- 3NC3337-1 710 1000 aR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3 570 -- -- -- 3NC3338-1 800 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3 630 -- -- -- 3NC3340-1 900 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3 7005) -- -- -- 3NC3341-1 1000 1000 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3 7705) -- -- -- 3NC3342-1 1100 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3 8005) -- -- -- 3NC3343-1 1250 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3 8505) -- -- -- 3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3NP54 3 295 -- -- -- 3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3NP54 3 355 -- -- -- 3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3NP54 3 440 -- -- -- 3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 520 -- -- -- 3NC3438-1 800 1100 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3 625 -- -- -- 3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3NP54 3 135 -- -- -- 3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3NP54 3 180 -- -- -- 3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3NP54 3 225 -- -- -- 3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3NP54 3 300 -- -- -- 3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3NP54 3 425 -- -- -- 3NC8444-3C 1000 600 aR 3 2x (60x6) 3NP54 3 8005) -- -- -- 3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3NP50 00 80 -- -- -- 3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3NP50 00 100 -- -- -- 3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3NP50 00 100 -- -- -- 3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3NP50 00 125 -- -- -- 3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3NP50 00 125 -- -- -- 3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3NP52 1 160 3NP53 2 160 3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP52 1 160 3NP53 2 160 3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3NP52 1 200 3NP53 2 200 3NE1225-2 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP52 1 200 3NP53 2 200 3NE1225-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP52 1 190 3NP53 2 200 3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3NP52 1 250 3NP53 2 250 3NE1227-2 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP52 1 250 3NP53 2 250 3NE1227-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP52 1 235 3NP53 2 250 3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3NP53 2 315 -- -- -- 3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3NP53 2 315 -- -- -- 3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP53 2 350 3NP54 3 350 3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP53 2 350 3NP54 3 350 3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP53 2 400 3NP54 3 400 3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP53 2 400 3NP54 3 400 Siemens * 10/2015 A Permissible load current 4) 3NC2423.. 198 mm Permissible Type load current 4) A (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3NP5 for floor mounting Type 3NP5 Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3NP5 Size mm Permissible Type load current 4) Size A Permissible load current 4) A V AC 3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP54 3 450 -- -- A -- 3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP54 3 450 -- -- -- 3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP54 3 500 -- -- -- 3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP54 3 500 -- -- -- 3NE1435-0 560 690 gS 3 2x 150 3NP54 3 560 -- -- -- 3NE1435-2/-3 560 690 gR 3 2x 150 3NP54 3 560 -- -- -- 3NE1436-0 630 690 gS 3 2x 185 3NP54 3 630 -- -- -- 3NE1436-2/-3 630 690 gR 3 2x 185 3NP54 3 625 -- -- -- 3NE1437-0 710 690 gS 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 7105) -- -- -- 3NE1437-1 710 600 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 6905) -- -- -- 3NE1437-2/-3 710 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 6855) -- -- -- 3NE1438-0 800 690 gS 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3 8005) -- -- -- 3NE1438-1 800 600 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3 7505) -- -- -- 3NE1438-2/-3 800 690 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3 7705) -- -- -- 3NE1447-2/-3 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 6555) -- -- -- 3NE1448-2/-3 850 690 gR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3 8205) -- -- -- 3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3NP50 00 40 -- -- -- 3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3NP50 00 35 -- -- -- 3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3NP50 00 16 -- -- -- 3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3NP50 00 20 -- -- -- 3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3NP50 00 25 -- -- -- 3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3NP50 00 50 -- -- -- 3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3NP50 00 63 -- -- -- 3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3NP50 00 80 -- -- -- 3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3NP52 1 95 3NP53 2 100 3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3NP52 1 110 3NP53 2 120 3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3NP52 1 140 3NP53 2 150 3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3NP52 1 175 3NP53 2 190 3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3NP52 1 210 3NP53 2 230 3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3NP53 2 285 -- -- -- 3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3NP53 2 310 -- -- -- 3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3NP53 2 330 -- -- -- 3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3NP53 2 360 -- -- -- 3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3NP54 3 360 -- -- -- 3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP54 3 400 -- -- -- 3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP54 3 450 -- -- -- 3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP54 3 510 -- -- -- 3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP54 3 580 -- -- -- 3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3 630 -- -- -- 3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3NP54 3 630 -- -- -- 3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3 630 -- -- -- 3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3NP52 1 32 -- -- -- 3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3NP52 1 40 -- -- -- 3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3NP52 1 50 -- -- -- 3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3NP52 1 63 -- -- -- 3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3NP52 1 80 -- -- -- 3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3NP52 1 95 -- -- -- 3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3NP52 1 120 -- -- -- 3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3NP52 1 150 -- -- -- 3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3NP53 2 210 3NP54 3 220 3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3NP53 2 270 3NP54 3 285 3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP53 2 400 3NP54 3 420 Siemens * 10/2015 199 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A Fuses SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in 3NP5 for floor mounting Type 3NP5 Type1)2) Rated current In Rated voltage 3) Operatio- Size nal class Required con- Type ductor crosssection Cu Alternative type 3NP5 Size mm Permissible Type load current 4) Size A V AC 3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP54 3 450 -- -- -- 3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3 600 -- -- -- 3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3NP50 00 25 -- -- -- 3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3NP50 00 33 -- -- -- 3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3NP50 00 45 -- -- -- 3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3NP50 00 54 -- -- -- 3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3NP50 00 68 -- -- -- 3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3NP50 00 89 -- -- -- 3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3NP50 00 106 -- -- -- 3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3NP50 00 130 -- -- -- 1) Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally and only at zero current. 2) For permissible load currents for 3NE8...-0MK, see Configuration Manual "Fuse Systems", or on request 3) 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors may be operated at up to 1000 V AC/DC with the following restrictions: - Pollution degree 2 (instead of 3) - AC20/DC20 - i. e. must not be switched under load 4) In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced (precise values on request). 5) The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than the 630 A current of the 3NP54. However, in this case, the 3NP54 must not be switched under load (utilization category AC-20). 200 Siemens * 10/2015 A Permissible load current 4) A (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Introduction Overview All key product features at a glance * Compliant with IEC/EN 60439-1, IEC/EN 60947-3 * Voltage levels up to 690 V AC * Rated operational current from 160 A to 2000 A * Fuse links according to IEC 60269 Part 1 can be used - nickel-plated fuse blades are not permissible due to the high transfer resistance * In open position safe from touch by the back of the hand (exception 3NJ56: IP00) * Parking position for maintenance * 1-pole or 3-pole switchable * Vertical and horizontal mounting position * Climate-proof * Degree of protection IP30 with closed fuse carriers, IP10 with open fuse carriers (exception 3NJ56: IP00) 3NJ4/3NJ5 fuse switch disconnectors Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in size 00 1 4 2 6 13 5 6 3 12 7 8 9 10 uznWWWYZZ 11 1 Cover 9 Prism terminal 2 Terminal strip 10 Box terminal 3 Busbar terminal 11 Cover 4 Adapter for screw fixing on busbar systems 12 3NJ4/5 fuse switch disconnector Basic device size 00 5 Current transformer 13 Auxiliary switch mounting kit 6 Distance compensation 7 Flat connector 8 Saddle terminal Siemens * 10/2015 201 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Introduction Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in sizes 1 to 3 1 3 2 9 4 5 6 uznWWWYZ[ 7 8 1 Terminal strip 6 V terminal 2 Distance compensation 3 Auxiliary switch 7 Box terminal 8 Cover 4 Flat connector 5 Stud terminal Benefits Application Parking position For maintenance, e.g. of 1-pole switchable in-line fuse switch disconnectors - sizes 1 to 3 - and for 3-pole switchable in-line fuse switch disconnectors - size 00 - the fuse carriers can be mounted after being turned by 180 (fuse facing outwards). This results in the following advantages: * Visible disconnection point * Depot for fuse links (parking position) * No opportunity for mistakes when replacing the fuse links * Additional touch protection in the vicinity of the lyre-shaped contacts 202 9 3NJ4/5 fuse switch disconnector Basic device size 1/2/3 Siemens * 10/2015 3NJ41 and 3NJ56 single-pole and 3-pole in-line fuse switch disconnectors can be installed in low-voltage distribution boards, substations and cable distribution cubicles. Note: For 1-pole switchable fuse switch disconnectors the following applies acc. to EC/EN 60947-3: These devices are intended for power distribution systems that may require the switching and/or disconnection of individual outer conductors. They should not be used for switching the primary circuits of 3-phase equipment. (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Introduction Design Size 00 for 160 A 3-pole switchable in-line fuse switch disconnectors are only available for 100 mm busbar center-to-center clearance and only as a special version for 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance. Instead of one size 1 to 3 in-line fuse switch disconnector, two size 00 disconnectors with an adapter and masking frame can be used on a 185 mm busbar system (see page 207). The swiveling mechanism with 3-pole switchable disconnectors of sizes 1 to 3 is lockable and ensures simultaneous switching of all three phases. For size 4 a there is not only the standard version (W x H = 248 x 775 mm) but also a narrow design (W x H = 147 x 1115 mm) available as a special version (delivery options on request). All 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are fed by way of the busbars. The outgoing current is transported by cable; see the adjacent graphic "Terminal positions". Inspection holes All 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are equipped - like the complete 3NJ series - with inspection holes for voltage testing. Mounting position 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors can be mounted vertically or horizontally. When mounted horizontally, however, system-specific reduction factors and the coincidence factor (DIN VDE 0660 Part 500 4.7) according to the applicable system regulations must be observed. Connections L1 L2 L3 NSE0_00179a 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are designed - like the complete 3NJ series - for mounting on 185 mm busbar systems. They are available in the following sizes and versions: * Size 1 for 250 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable * Size 2 for 400 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable * Size 3 for 630 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable * Size 4a for 1250 A, 1-pole switchable L1 L2 L3 Terminal positions With 3NJ41 in-line fuse switch disconnectors it is possible to choose between having the cable connection on top or on bottom (standard version) by turning the contact carrier. The top part of these switch disconnectors can be removed completely. This ensures easy mounting. Siemens * 10/2015 203 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Introduction Technical specifications Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107 Type 3NJ410 3NJ412 3NJ413 3NJ414 3NJ56 3NJ415 3NJ418 3NJ416 3NJ417 Conventional thermal current Free-air with gG fuses, Ith A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 1260 1600 Free-air with isolating blade, Ith A -- -- -- 800 -- 1000 1250 1600 2000 Free-air with gTr fuses, Ith A -- -- -- -- 1154 722 910 1154 1444 Rated apparent power of the transformer, Sn kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 800 1000 For fuse links and isolating blades Size 00 1 2 3 4a 3 3 2x3 2x3 gG according to IEC 60269, In A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800 Free-air with isolating blade, In A -- -- -- -- -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000 gTr according to VDE 0636-2011, Irat A -- -- -- -- 1154 722 909 2 x 577 2 x 722 gTr according to VDE 0636-2011, Sn kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 2 x 400 2 x 500 Rated operational voltage Ue At 40 Hz ...60 Hz AC V 690 690 690 690 690 690 400 690 400 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 690 1000 690 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 12 12 12 12 12 8 12 8 With gG fuse (rms value) kA 80/120 120 120 120 80 120 50 80 50 With gTr fuse (rms value) kA -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- -- Max. permissible power loss per fuse link W 12 32 45 48 110 51 61 48 51 Rated short-time withstand current Icw rms value kA -- 14.5 14.5 14.5 35 14.5 14.5 25 25 Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses, at 500 V AC Rated making and breaking capacity Rated operational current Ie for gG fuses At AC-21B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800 AC-22B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800 AC-23B 400 V AC A -- 250 400 -- -- -- -- -- -- AC-21B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- -- AC-22B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- -- AC-23B 500 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AC-21B 690 V AC A 100 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- -- AC-22B 690 V AC A 100 250 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AC-23B 690 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A -- -- -- -- -- 722 910 2 x 577 2 x 722 -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000 -- -- -- -- Rated operational current Ie for gTr fuses At AC-22B 400 V AC Rated operational current Ie for isolating blades At AC-22B A -- -- -- -- Capacitive switching capacity 400 V AC kvar -- 105 ... 115 155 ... 185 250 ...300 -- Permissible ambient temperature C -25 ... +55, > 35 C with derating factors Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1400 1400 800 800 500 800 500 500 500 Electrical endurance, operating cycles 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP10 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10 18 23 54 115 190 275 155 350 375 Degree of protection With closed fuse carrier, with terminal cover and side cover With open fuse carrier Power loss of the main conducting paths at Ith W Main conductor connections M8 M10 M12 M12 M16 2 x M12 2 x M12 3 x M12 4 x M12 Flat bars mm 20 30 30 30 80 80 x 10 80 x 10 -- -- Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 95 240 240 240 2 x 300 2 x 300 2 x 300 3 x 300 4 x 185 4 x 300 4 x 185 Tightening torque Nm 12 ... 15 30 ... 35 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 Clamp/V terminals mm2 1.5 ... 70 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 -- -- -- -- -- M8 M12 M12 M12 M16 M12 M12 M12 M12 16 ... 18 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 Terminal screws Fixing screws Required tightening torque for mounting on busbars 204 Siemens * 10/2015 Nm (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A 1-pole switchable Dimensional drawings 3NJ41.1-3, 250 to 630 A 1-pole, switchable Switch position "ON" Switch position "OFF" 99 L1 185 7 80,5 49 194 100 198 150 110 max. 15 3NJ4101-3BF01, 160 A 1-pole, switchable 662 185 min. 570 max. 635 8,5 185 647 633 185 L2 17 55 93 Type 3NJ4121 3NJ4131 NSE0_00241a 30 50 100 NSE0_00925a L3 B B 52 154 23 24 Panel cutout With panel cutout for 3NJ56 43 140 3NJ56 43, 1250 A 1-pole, switchable For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance 464 240,5 248 9 119 185 409 775 109 uzlWWWY[_ 185 160 18x41 185 328 169,5 185 O11 L3 L1 43 L1 70 70 200 M16x60 24 59 12 177,5 NSE0_00247 50 22,5 65 L2 L2,L3 Siemens * 10/2015 205 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A 3-pole switchable Dimensional drawings 3NJ4103-3BF02 3-pole, switchable 3N3NJ41J41 03-3BR02 3-pole, switchable 249 122 87 Flat connectors top 122 87 249 Flat connectors top 92 50 45 73 120 300 150 100 169 160 18 3 Flat connectors bottom 5 10 NSE0_01590 31 59 120 Flat connectors bottom 52 100 100 NSE0_00245 400 NSE 00244a 194 Switch position"OFF" A unlocked B locked max. 15 Switch position " ON" 35 Installation of the fuse switch disconnectors on busbars For 100 mm busbar center-to-center clearance 3NJ41.3-3, 250 to 1000 A 3-pole, switchable 100 100 415 150 NSE0_01589 19 6 99 17 90 58 22 160 55 85 20 18 3 4 O9 9x16 169 100 O9 9x16 9x16 300 9x16 100 415 92 50 max. 25 185 50 50 50 Installation of the fuse switch disconnectors on busbars For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance Minimum clearance between conductive parts of all busbars: 100 mm NSE0_00246 35 185 662 min. 570 max. 635 O14 C 52 154 Type Type C C 3NJ4123 3NJ41 23 3NJ4133 3NJ41 33 3NJ4143 3NJ41 43 3NJ4153 3NJ4183 23 23 24 24 25 25 25 25 206 Siemens * 10/2015 max. 36 100 30 50 185 722 185 113 14x18 335 467 100 100 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Accessories Dimensional drawings O11 98 NSE0_01882 20 M10 1) Cover plate made of plastic Depth: 2 mm NSE0_00253a 28 12 38 70 Width of busbars as required, but minimum clearance of 20 mm to the next busbar or conductive parts 49,5 1) Adapter 3NJ4918-0EA00 For 60 mm busbar center-to-center clearance O12 23 2 662 M12 M8 50 36 135 NSE0_01588 185 100 450 38 NSE0_01591a 2 25 185 100 20,5 uzlWWWY\[ 60 100 9,5 uzlWWWY\] 23,5 25,5 M8 SW 19 M8 Cover (long) 3NJ4912-1DA02 For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance 60 27 Adapter 3NJ4918-0DA02 For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance Maximum screw-in length 14 mm, tightening torque 30 Nm. 227 34,5 50,5 26 13,5 Busbar terminal 3NJ4911-3AA00 25 NSE0_00250a NSE0_01881 52 L3 4,5 185 100 185 M8 185 L2 200 572 633 410 432 185 100 L1 185 99 Busbar support 3NJ5974-0AB 185 36 Blanking cover 3NJ4912-3CA00 50 mm wide for 100 mm busbars 50 2 45 Blanking cover 3NJ4912-3BA01 100 mm wide for 185 mm busbars 64 Blanking cover 3NJ4912-2AA00 50 mm wide for panel cutout 50 Siemens * 10/2015 207 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Switch Disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A Notes 208 Siemens * 10/2015 (c) Siemens AG 2016 (c) Siemens AG 2016 Siemens AG Energy Managment Low Voltage & Products Postfach 10 09 53 93009 REGENSBURG GERMANY www.siemens.com/lowvoltage Subject to change without prior notice PDF (3ZW1012-3NP11-0AC1) PH 0216 208 En Produced in Germany (c) Siemens AG 2016 The information provided in this brochure contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.